tqt3/doc/html/propertydocs

<!DOCTYPE PROP><PROP>
<property>
    <name>QAction::accel</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#accel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's accelerator key.
&lt;p&gt;The keycodes can be found in &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Key-enum"&gt;TQt::Key&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Modifier-enum"&gt;TQt::Modifier&lt;/a&gt;. There
is no default accelerator key.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setAccel"&gt;setAccel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#accel"&gt;accel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::enabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#enabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;Disabled actions can't be chosen by the user. They don't disappear
from the menu/tool bar but are displayed in a way which indicates
that they are unavailable, e.g. they might be displayed grayed
out.
&lt;p&gt; What's this? help on disabled actions is still available provided
the &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#whatsThis-prop"&gt;QAction::whatsThis&lt;/a&gt; property is set.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setEnabled"&gt;setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#isEnabled"&gt;isEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::iconSet</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#iconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's icon.
&lt;p&gt;The icon is used as the tool button icon and in the menu to the
left of the menu text. There is no default icon.
&lt;p&gt; If a null icon (&lt;a href="ntqiconset.html#isNull"&gt;QIconSet::isNull&lt;/a&gt;() is passed into this function,
the icon of the action is cleared.
&lt;p&gt; (See the action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp example.)
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setIconSet"&gt;setIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#iconSet"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::menuText</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#menuText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's menu text.
&lt;p&gt;If the action is added to a menu the menu option will consist of
the icon (if there is one), the menu text and the accelerator (if
there is one). If the menu text is not explicitly set in the
constructor or by using &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setMenuText"&gt;setMenuText&lt;/a&gt;() the action's description
text will be used as the menu text. There is no default menu text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setMenuText"&gt;setMenuText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#menuText"&gt;menuText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::on</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#on-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether a toggle action is on.
&lt;p&gt;This property is always on (TRUE) for command actions and
&lt;a href="qactiongroup.html"&gt;QActionGroup&lt;/a&gt;s; &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setOn"&gt;setOn&lt;/a&gt;() has no effect on them. For action's
where &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#isToggleAction"&gt;isToggleAction&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE, this property's default value is
off (FALSE).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#toggleAction-prop"&gt;toggleAction&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setOn"&gt;setOn&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#isOn"&gt;isOn&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::statusTip</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's status tip.
&lt;p&gt;The statusTip is displayed on all status bars that this action's
toplevel parent widget provides.
&lt;p&gt; If no status tip is defined, the action uses the tool tip text.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default statusTip text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#toolTip-prop"&gt;toolTip&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setStatusTip"&gt;setStatusTip&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's descriptive text.
&lt;p&gt;If &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel-prop"&gt;QMainWindow::usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt; is TRUE, the text appears as a
label in the relevant tool button. It also serves as the default
text in menus and tool tips if these have not been specifically
defined. There is no default text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#menuText-prop"&gt;menuText&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#toolTip-prop"&gt;toolTip&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::toggleAction</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#toggleAction-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action is a toggle action.
&lt;p&gt;A toggle action is one which has an on/off state. For example a
Bold toolbar button is either on or off. An action which is not a
toggle action is a command action; a command action is simply
executed, e.g. file save. This property's default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; In some situations, the state of one toggle action should depend
on the state of others. For example, "Left Align", "Center" and
"Right Align" toggle actions are mutually exclusive. To achieve
exclusive toggling, add the relevant toggle actions to a
&lt;a href="qactiongroup.html"&gt;QActionGroup&lt;/a&gt; with the &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#exclusive-prop"&gt;QActionGroup::exclusive&lt;/a&gt; property set to
TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setToggleAction"&gt;setToggleAction&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#isToggleAction"&gt;isToggleAction&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::toolTip</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#toolTip-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's tool tip.
&lt;p&gt;This text is used for the tool tip. If no status tip has been set
the tool tip will be used for the status tip.
&lt;p&gt; If no tool tip is specified the action's text is used, and if that
hasn't been specified the description text is used as the tool tip
text.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default tool tip text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop"&gt;statusTip&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#accel-prop"&gt;accel&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setToolTip"&gt;setToolTip&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#toolTip"&gt;toolTip&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::visible</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#visible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars).
&lt;p&gt;If &lt;em&gt;visible&lt;/em&gt; is TRUE the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and
toolbars) and chosen by the user; if &lt;em&gt;visible&lt;/em&gt; is FALSE the
action cannot be seen or chosen by the user.
&lt;p&gt; Actions which are not visible are &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; grayed out; they do not
appear at all.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setVisible"&gt;setVisible&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#isVisible"&gt;isVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAction::whatsThis</name>
    <doc href="ntqaction.html#whatsThis-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the action's "What's This?" help text.
&lt;p&gt;The whats this text is used to provide a brief description of the
action. The text may contain rich text (HTML-like tags -- see
&lt;a href="ntqstylesheet.html"&gt;QStyleSheet&lt;/a&gt; for the list of supported tags). There is no default
"What's This" text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwhatsthis.html"&gt;QWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setWhatsThis"&gt;setWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#whatsThis"&gt;whatsThis&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QActionGroup::exclusive</name>
    <doc href="qactiongroup.html#exclusive-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the action group does exclusive toggling.
&lt;p&gt;If exclusive is TRUE only one toggle action in the action group
can ever be active at any one time. If the user chooses another
toggle action in the group the one they chose becomes active and
the one that was active becomes inactive.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#toggleAction-prop"&gt;QAction::toggleAction&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#setExclusive"&gt;setExclusive&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#isExclusive"&gt;isExclusive&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QActionGroup::usesDropDown</name>
    <doc href="qactiongroup.html#usesDropDown-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the group's actions are displayed in a subwidget of the widgets the action group is added to.
&lt;p&gt;Exclusive action groups added to a toolbar display their actions
in a combobox with the action's &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#text-prop"&gt;QAction::text&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QAction::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; properties shown. Non-exclusive groups are
represented by a tool button showing their &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QAction::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; and
-- depending on &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel"&gt;QMainWindow::usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() -- &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;()
property.
&lt;p&gt; In a popup menu the member actions are displayed in a submenu.
&lt;p&gt; Changing usesDropDown only affects &lt;em&gt;subsequent&lt;/em&gt; calls to &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#addTo"&gt;addTo&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; Note that setting this property for actions in a combobox causes
calls to their &lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setVisible"&gt;QAction::setVisible&lt;/a&gt;(),
&lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setEnabled"&gt;QAction::setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(), and
&lt;a href="ntqaction.html#setDisabled"&gt;QAction::setDisabled&lt;/a&gt;() functions to have no effect.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#setUsesDropDown"&gt;setUsesDropDown&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qactiongroup.html#usesDropDown"&gt;usesDropDown&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAssistantClient::open</name>
    <doc href="ntqassistantclient.html#open-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether TQt Assistant is open.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqassistantclient.html#isOpen"&gt;isOpen&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QAxBase::control</name>
    <doc href="qaxbase.html#control-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property initilializes the COM object. Any COM object
previously set is shut down.
&lt;p&gt; The most efficient way to set this property is by using the
registered component's UUID, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    ctrl-&amp;gt;setControl( "{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
The second fastest way is to use the registered control's class
name (with or without version number), e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    ctrl-&amp;gt;setControl( "MSCal.Calendar" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
The slowest, but easiest way to use is to use the control's full
name, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    ctrl-&amp;gt;setControl( "Calendar Control 9.0" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; If the component's UUID is used the following patterns can be used
to initialize the control on a remote machine, to initialize a
licensed control or to connect to a running object:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; To initialize the control on a different machine use the following
pattern:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &amp;lt;domain/username&amp;gt;:&amp;lt;password&amp;gt;@server/{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;li&gt; To initialize a licensed control use the following pattern:
&lt;pre&gt;
    {8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}:&amp;lt;LicenseKey&amp;gt;
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;li&gt; To connect to an already running object use the following pattern:
&lt;pre&gt;
    {8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}&amp;amp;
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;/ul&gt;
The first two patterns can be combined, e.g. to initialize a licensed
control on a remote machine:
&lt;pre&gt;
    ctrl-&amp;gt;setControl("DOMAIN/user:password@server/{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}:LicenseKey");
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; The control's read function always returns the control's UUID, if provided including the license
key, and the name of the server, but not including the username, the domain or the password.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qaxbase.html#setControl"&gt;setControl&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qaxbase.html#control"&gt;control&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::accel</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#accel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
&lt;p&gt;This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this
property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#setAccel"&gt;setAccel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#accel"&gt;accel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::autoRepeat</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#autoRepeat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If autoRepeat is enabled then the &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#clicked"&gt;clicked&lt;/a&gt;() signal is emitted at
regular intervals if the button is down. This property has no
effect on toggle buttons. autoRepeat is off by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#setAutoRepeat"&gt;setAutoRepeat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#autoRepeat"&gt;autoRepeat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::autoResize</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#autoResize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether autoResize is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; If autoResize is enabled then the button will resize itself
whenever the contents are changed.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#setAutoResize"&gt;setAutoResize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#autoResize"&gt;autoResize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::down</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#down-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is pressed.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the button is pressed down. The signals
&lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#pressed"&gt;pressed&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#clicked"&gt;clicked&lt;/a&gt;() are not emitted if you set this property
to TRUE. The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#setDown"&gt;setDown&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#isDown"&gt;isDown&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::exclusiveToggle</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#exclusiveToggle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is an exclusive toggle.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE and the button is in a &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html"&gt;QButtonGroup&lt;/a&gt;, the
button can only be toggled off by another one being toggled on.
The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#isExclusiveToggle"&gt;isExclusiveToggle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::on</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#on-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is toggled.
&lt;p&gt;This property should only be set for toggle buttons.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#isOn"&gt;isOn&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::pixmap</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#pixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the pixmap shown on the button.
&lt;p&gt;If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e. it is a &lt;a href="ntqbitmap.html"&gt;QBitmap&lt;/a&gt; or its &lt;a href="ntqpixmap.html#depth"&gt;depth&lt;/a&gt; is 1) and it does not have a mask,
this property will set the pixmap to be its own mask. The purpose
of this is to draw transparent bitmaps which are important for
toggle buttons, for example.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#pixmap"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#setPixmap"&gt;setPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#pixmap"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text shown on the button.
&lt;p&gt;This property will return a &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt; if the button has no
text. If the text has an ampersand (&amp;amp;) in it, then an
accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
that follows the '&amp;amp;' as the accelerator key. Any previous
accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is
defined by the text.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::toggleButton</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#toggleButton-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button is a toggle button.
&lt;p&gt;The default value is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#isToggleButton"&gt;isToggleButton&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::toggleState</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#toggleState-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the state of the toggle button.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is changed then it does not cause the button
to be repainted.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#state"&gt;state&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButton::toggleType</name>
    <doc href="ntqbutton.html#toggleType-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the type of toggle on the button.
&lt;p&gt;The default toggle type is &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#ToggleType-enum"&gt;SingleShot&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#ToggleType-enum"&gt;QButton::ToggleType&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbutton.html#toggleType"&gt;toggleType&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButtonGroup::exclusive</name>
    <doc href="ntqbuttongroup.html#exclusive-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the button group is exclusive.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, then the buttons in the group are
toggled, and to untoggle a button you must click on another button
in the group. The default value is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setExclusive"&gt;setExclusive&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#isExclusive"&gt;isExclusive&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButtonGroup::radioButtonExclusive</name>
    <doc href="ntqbuttongroup.html#radioButtonExclusive-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the radio buttons in the group are exclusive.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE (the default), the &lt;a href="ntqradiobutton.html"&gt;radiobuttons&lt;/a&gt; in the group are treated exclusively.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setRadioButtonExclusive"&gt;setRadioButtonExclusive&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#isRadioButtonExclusive"&gt;isRadioButtonExclusive&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QButtonGroup::selectedId</name>
    <doc href="ntqbuttongroup.html#selectedId-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selected toggle button.
&lt;p&gt;The toggle button is specified as an ID.
&lt;p&gt; If no toggle button is selected, this property holds -1.
&lt;p&gt; If &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setButton"&gt;setButton&lt;/a&gt;() is called on an exclusive group, the button with
the given id will be set to on and all the others will be set to
off.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#selected"&gt;selected&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setButton"&gt;setButton&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#selectedId"&gt;selectedId&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QCheckBox::checked</name>
    <doc href="ntqcheckbox.html#checked-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the checkbox is checked.
&lt;p&gt;The default is unchecked, i.e. FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcheckbox.html#setChecked"&gt;setChecked&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcheckbox.html#isChecked"&gt;isChecked&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QCheckBox::tristate</name>
    <doc href="ntqcheckbox.html#tristate-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the checkbox is a tri-state checkbox.
&lt;p&gt;The default is two-state, i.e. tri-state is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcheckbox.html#setTristate"&gt;setTristate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcheckbox.html#isTristate"&gt;isTristate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::autoCompletion</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#autoCompletion-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto-completion is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;This property can only be set for editable comboboxes, for
non-editable comboboxes it has no effect. It is FALSE by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setAutoCompletion"&gt;setAutoCompletion&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#autoCompletion"&gt;autoCompletion&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::autoResize</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#autoResize-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto resize is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is set to TRUE then the combobox will resize itself
whenever its contents change. The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setAutoResize"&gt;setAutoResize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#autoResize"&gt;autoResize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items in the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::currentItem</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#currentItem-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the index of the current item in the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#activated"&gt;activated&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#highlighted"&gt;highlighted&lt;/a&gt;() signals are only
emitted when the user changes the current item, not when it is
changed programmatically.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setCurrentItem"&gt;setCurrentItem&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::currentText</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#currentText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text of the combobox's current item.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setCurrentText"&gt;setCurrentText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#currentText"&gt;currentText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::duplicatesEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#duplicatesEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether duplicates are allowed.
&lt;p&gt;If the combobox is editable and the user enters some text in the
combobox's lineedit and presses Enter (and the &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#insertionPolicy"&gt;insertionPolicy&lt;/a&gt;()
is not &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#Policy-enum"&gt;NoInsertion&lt;/a&gt;), then what happens is this:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; If the text is not already in the list, the text is inserted.
&lt;li&gt; If the text is in the list and this property is TRUE (the
default), the text is inserted.
&lt;li&gt; If the text is in the list and this property is FALSE, the text
is &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; inserted; instead the item which has matching text becomes
the current item.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; This property only affects user-interaction. You can use
&lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#insertItem"&gt;insertItem&lt;/a&gt;() to insert duplicates if you wish regardless of this
setting.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setDuplicatesEnabled"&gt;setDuplicatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#duplicatesEnabled"&gt;duplicatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::editable</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#editable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the combobox is editable.
&lt;p&gt;This property's default is FALSE. Note that the combobox will be
cleared if this property is set to TRUE for a 1.x &lt;a href="motif-extension.html#Motif"&gt;Motif&lt;/a&gt; style
combobox. To avoid this, use &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setEditable"&gt;setEditable&lt;/a&gt;() before inserting any
items. Also note that the 1.x version of Motif didn't have any
editable comboboxes, so the combobox will change it's appearance
to a 2.0 style Motif combobox is it is set to be editable.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setEditable"&gt;setEditable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#editable"&gt;editable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::insertionPolicy</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#insertionPolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the items inserted by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The default insertion policy is &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#Policy-enum"&gt;AtBottom&lt;/a&gt;. See &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#Policy-enum"&gt;Policy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setInsertionPolicy"&gt;setInsertionPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#insertionPolicy"&gt;insertionPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::maxCount</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#maxCount-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum number of items allowed in the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setMaxCount"&gt;setMaxCount&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#maxCount"&gt;maxCount&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QComboBox::sizeLimit</name>
    <doc href="ntqcombobox.html#sizeLimit-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum on-screen size of the combobox.
&lt;p&gt;This property is ignored for both &lt;a href="motif-extension.html#Motif"&gt;Motif&lt;/a&gt; 1.x style and non-editable
comboboxes in Mac style. The default limit is ten
lines. If the number of items in the combobox is or grows larger
than lines, a scrollbar is added.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#setSizeLimit"&gt;setSizeLimit&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html#sizeLimit"&gt;sizeLimit&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::autoEdit</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#autoEdit-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser automatically applies edits.
&lt;p&gt;The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins
an insertion or an update on a form there are two possible
outcomes when they navigate to another record:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is discarded -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setAutoEdit"&gt;setAutoEdit&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#autoEdit"&gt;autoEdit&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::boundaryChecking</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#boundaryChecking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether boundary checking is active.
&lt;p&gt;When boundary checking is active (the default), signals are
emitted indicating the current position of the default cursor.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#boundary"&gt;boundary&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setBoundaryChecking"&gt;setBoundaryChecking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#boundaryChecking"&gt;boundaryChecking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmCancels</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms cancel operations.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, all cancels must be confirmed by the
user through a message box (this behavior can be changed by
overriding the &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all cancels
occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmCancels"&gt;setConfirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmDelete</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms deletions.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms deletions,
otherwise deletions happen immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmDelete"&gt;setConfirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmEdits</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms edits.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms all edit operations
(insertions, updates and deletions), otherwise all edit operations
happen immediately. Confirmation is achieved by presenting the
user with a message box -- this behavior can be changed by
reimplementing the &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function,
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmEdits"&gt;setConfirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmInsert</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data browser confirms insertions.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms insertions,
otherwise insertions happen immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmInsert"&gt;setConfirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::confirmUpdate</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser confirms updates.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms updates, otherwise
updates happen immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmUpdate"&gt;setConfirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::filter</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#filter-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the data browser's filter.
&lt;p&gt;The filter applies to the data shown in the browser. Call
&lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;() to apply the new filter. A filter is a string containing
a SQL WHERE clause without the WHERE keyword, e.g. "id&gt;1000",
"name LIKE 'A%'", etc.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default filter.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#sort-prop"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setFilter"&gt;setFilter&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#filter"&gt;filter&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#readOnly-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the browser is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. data can be edited. If the data browser
is read-only, no database edits will be allowed.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataBrowser::sort</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatabrowser.html#sort-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the data browser's sort.
&lt;p&gt;The data browser's sort affects the order in which records are
viewed in the browser. Call &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;() to apply the new sort.
&lt;p&gt; When retrieving the sort property, a string list is returned in
the form 'fieldname order', e.g. 'id ASC', 'surname DESC'.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default sort.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
over a copy, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="ntqstringlist.html"&gt;QStringList&lt;/a&gt; list = myDataBrowser.sort();
    QStringList::Iterator it = list.&lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#begin"&gt;begin&lt;/a&gt;();
    while( it != list.&lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#end"&gt;end&lt;/a&gt;() ) {
        myProcessing( *it );
        ++it;
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#setSort"&gt;setSort&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatabrowser.html#sort"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::autoEdit</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#autoEdit-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table automatically applies edits.
&lt;p&gt;The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins
an insert or update in the table there are two possible outcomes
when they navigate to another record:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;ol type=1&gt;
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
&lt;li&gt; the insert or update is abandoned -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
&lt;/ol&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setAutoEdit"&gt;setAutoEdit&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#autoEdit"&gt;autoEdit&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmCancels</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms cancel operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmCancel property is TRUE, all cancels must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behavior can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
cancels occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancel"&gt;confirmCancel&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setConfirmCancels"&gt;setConfirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmDelete</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms delete operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmDelete property is TRUE, all deletions must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
delete operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setConfirmDelete"&gt;setConfirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmDelete"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmEdits</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms edit operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmEdits property is TRUE, the data table confirms all
edit operations (inserts, updates and deletes). Finer control of
edit confirmation can be achieved using &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setConfirmEdits"&gt;setConfirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdits"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmInsert</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms insert operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmInsert property is TRUE, all insertions must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
insert operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setConfirmInsert"&gt;setConfirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmInsert"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::confirmUpdate</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the data table confirms update operations.
&lt;p&gt;If the confirmUpdate property is TRUE, all updates must be
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
changed by overriding the &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdit"&gt;confirmEdit&lt;/a&gt;() function), otherwise all
update operations occur immediately.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop"&gt;confirmCancels&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop"&gt;confirmEdits&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop"&gt;confirmInsert&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop"&gt;confirmDelete&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setConfirmUpdate"&gt;setConfirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate"&gt;confirmUpdate&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::dateFormat</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#dateFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the format used for displaying date/time values.
&lt;p&gt;The dateFormat property is used for displaying date/time values in
the table. The default value is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#DateFormat-enum"&gt;TQt::LocalDate&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setDateFormat"&gt;setDateFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#dateFormat"&gt;dateFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::falseText</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#falseText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text used to represent false values.
&lt;p&gt;The falseText property will be used to represent NULL values in
the table. The default value is "False".

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setFalseText"&gt;setFalseText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#falseText"&gt;falseText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::filter</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#filter-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the data filter for the data table.
&lt;p&gt;The filter applies to the data shown in the table. To view data
with a new filter, use &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;(). A filter string is an SQL WHERE
clause without the WHERE keyword.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default filter.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#sort-prop"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setFilter"&gt;setFilter&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#filter"&gt;filter&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::nullText</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#nullText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text used to represent NULL values.
&lt;p&gt;The nullText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setNullText"&gt;setNullText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#nullText"&gt;nullText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::numCols</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#numCols-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the table.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#numCols"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::numRows</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#numRows-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the table.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::sort</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#sort-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the data table's sort.
&lt;p&gt;The table's sort affects the order in which data records are
displayed in the table. To apply a sort, use &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; When examining the sort property, a string list is returned with
each item having the form 'fieldname order' (e.g., 'id ASC',
'surname DESC').
&lt;p&gt; There is no default sort.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should
iterate over a copy, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="ntqstringlist.html"&gt;QStringList&lt;/a&gt; list = myDataTable.sort();
    QStringList::Iterator it = list.&lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#begin"&gt;begin&lt;/a&gt;();
    while( it != list.&lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#end"&gt;end&lt;/a&gt;() ) {
        myProcessing( *it );
        ++it;
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#filter-prop"&gt;filter&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#refresh"&gt;refresh&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setSort"&gt;setSort&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#sort"&gt;sort&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDataTable::trueText</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatatable.html#trueText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text used to represent true values.
&lt;p&gt;The trueText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
table. The default value is "True".

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#setTrueText"&gt;setTrueText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatatable.html#trueText"&gt;trueText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::autoAdvance</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#autoAdvance-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the editor automatically advances to the next section.
&lt;p&gt;If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance
focus to the next date section if a user has completed a section.
The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setAutoAdvance"&gt;setAutoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#autoAdvance"&gt;autoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::date</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#date-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's date value.
&lt;p&gt;If the date property is not valid, the editor displays all zeroes
and &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#date"&gt;QDateEdit::date&lt;/a&gt;() will return an invalid date. It is strongly
recommended that the editor is given a default date value (e.g.
currentDate()). That way, attempts to set the date property to an
invalid date will fail.
&lt;p&gt; When changing the date property, if the date is less than
&lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(), or is greater than &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;(), nothing happens.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setDate"&gt;setDate&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#date"&gt;date&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's maximum value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the maximum date value for the editor is equivalent to
calling &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setRange"&gt;QDateEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; ), where &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; is the
maximum date. The default maximum date is 8000-12-31.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue-prop"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's minimum value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the minimum date value is equivalent to calling
&lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setRange"&gt;QDateEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;() ), where &lt;em&gt;d&lt;/em&gt; is the minimum
date. The default minimum date is 1752-09-14.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateEdit::order</name>
    <doc href="qdateedit.html#order-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the order in which the year, month and day appear.
&lt;p&gt;The default order is locale dependent.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#Order-enum"&gt;Order&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#setOrder"&gt;setOrder&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdateedit.html#order"&gt;order&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDateTimeEdit::dateTime</name>
    <doc href="ntqdatetimeedit.html#dateTime-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's datetime value.
&lt;p&gt;The datetime edit's datetime which may be an invalid datetime.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatetimeedit.html#setDateTime"&gt;setDateTime&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdatetimeedit.html#dateTime"&gt;dateTime&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current line step.
&lt;p&gt;setLineStep() calls the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function if the new
line step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#pageStep-prop"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current maximum value.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QDial::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted if
necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::minValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current minimum value.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QDial::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted if
necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::notchSize</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#notchSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current notch size.
&lt;p&gt;The notch size is in range control units, not pixels, and if
possible it is a multiple of &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;() that results in an
on-screen notch size near &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget"&gt;notchTarget&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget-prop"&gt;notchTarget&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#lineStep-prop"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#notchSize"&gt;notchSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::notchTarget</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the target number of pixels between notches.
&lt;p&gt;The notch target is the number of pixels QDial attempts to put
between each notch.
&lt;p&gt; The actual size may differ from the target size.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setNotchTarget"&gt;setNotchTarget&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget"&gt;notchTarget&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::notchesVisible</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#notchesVisible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the notches are shown.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE, the notches are shown. If FALSE (the default) notches are
not shown.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setNotchesVisible"&gt;setNotchesVisible&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#notchesVisible"&gt;notchesVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::pageStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#pageStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current page step.
&lt;p&gt;setPageStep() calls the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function if the new
page step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setPageStep"&gt;setPageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::tracking</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether tracking is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE (the default), tracking is enabled. This means that the
arrow can be moved using the mouse; otherwise the arrow cannot be
moved with the mouse.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::value</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current dial value.
&lt;p&gt;This is guaranteed to be within the range
&lt;a href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QDial::minValue&lt;/a&gt;..&lt;a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QDial::maxValue&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDial::wrapping</name>
    <doc href="ntqdial.html#wrapping-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether wrapping is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE, wrapping is enabled. This means that the arrow can be
turned around 360<36>. Otherwise there is some space at the bottom of
the dial which is skipped by the arrow.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#setWrapping"&gt;setWrapping&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdial.html#wrapping"&gt;wrapping&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDialog::modal</name>
    <doc href="ntqdialog.html#modal-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;() should pop up the dialog as modal or modeless.
&lt;p&gt;By default, this property is false and show() pops up the dialog as
modeless.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#exec"&gt;exec&lt;/a&gt;() ignores the value of this property and always pops up the
dialog as modal.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#exec"&gt;exec&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#setModal"&gt;setModal&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#isModal"&gt;isModal&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDialog::sizeGripEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqdialog.html#sizeGripEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the size grip is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;A &lt;a href="ntqsizegrip.html"&gt;QSizeGrip&lt;/a&gt; is placed in the bottom right corner of the dialog when this
property is enabled. By default, the size grip is disabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#setSizeGripEnabled"&gt;setSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html#isSizeGripEnabled"&gt;isSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockarea.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of dock windows in the dock area.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockarea.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::empty</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockarea.html#empty-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock area is empty.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockarea.html#isEmpty"&gt;isEmpty&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::handlePosition</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockarea.html#handlePosition-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds where the dock window splitter handle is placed in the dock area.
&lt;p&gt;The default position is &lt;a href="ntqdockarea.html#HandlePosition-enum"&gt;Normal&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockarea.html#handlePosition"&gt;handlePosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockArea::orientation</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockarea.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the dock area's orientation.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value; the orientation is specified in the
constructor.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockarea.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::closeMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#closeMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the close mode of a dock window.
&lt;p&gt;Defines when (if ever) the dock window has a close button. The
choices are &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Never&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Docked&lt;/a&gt; (i.e. only when docked), &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Undocked&lt;/a&gt; (only when undocked, i.e. floated) or &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Always&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; The default is &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum"&gt;Never&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setCloseMode"&gt;setCloseMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#closeMode"&gt;closeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::horizontallyStretchable</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#horizontallyStretchable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is horizontally stretchable.
&lt;p&gt;A dock window is horizontally stretchable if you call
&lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;setHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE) or &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"&gt;resizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Bugs and limitations:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; Strecthability is broken. You must call setResizeEnabled(TRUE) to get
proper behavior and even then QDockWindow does not limit stretchablilty.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;setHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;isHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::movingEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#movingEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the user can move the dock window within the dock area, move the dock window to another dock area, or float the dock window.
&lt;p&gt;This property is TRUE by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setMovingEnabled"&gt;setMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isMovingEnabled"&gt;isMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::newLine</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#newLine-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window prefers to start a new line in the dock area.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. the dock window doesn't require a new
line in the dock area.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setNewLine"&gt;setNewLine&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#newLine"&gt;newLine&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::offset</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#offset-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the dock window's preferred offset from the dock area's left edge (top edge for vertical dock areas).
&lt;p&gt;The default is 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setOffset"&gt;setOffset&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#offset"&gt;offset&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::opaqueMoving</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window will be shown normally whilst it is being moved.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is FALSE, (the default), the dock window will be
represented by an outline rectangle whilst it is being moved.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Currently opaque moving has some problems and we do not
recommend using it at this time. We expect to fix these problems
in a future release.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving"&gt;setOpaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#opaqueMoving"&gt;opaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::resizeEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is resizeable.
&lt;p&gt;A resizeable dock window can be resized using splitter-like
handles inside a dock area and like every other top level window
when floating.
&lt;p&gt; A dock window is both horizontally and vertically stretchable if
you call &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE).
&lt;p&gt; This property is FALSE by default.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#verticallyStretchable-prop"&gt;verticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#horizontallyStretchable-prop"&gt;horizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isResizeEnabled"&gt;isResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::stretchable</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#stretchable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is stretchable in the current &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;This property can be set using &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable"&gt;setHorizontallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and
&lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable"&gt;setVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;(), or with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"&gt;resizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Bugs and limitations:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; Strecthability is broken. You must call setResizeEnabled(TRUE) to get
proper behavior and even then QDockWindow does not limit stretchablilty.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isStretchable"&gt;isStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDockWindow::verticallyStretchable</name>
    <doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#verticallyStretchable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock window is vertically stretchable.
&lt;p&gt;A dock window is vertically stretchable if you call
&lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable"&gt;setVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE) or &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;(TRUE).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop"&gt;resizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Bugs and limitations:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; Strecthability is broken. You must call setResizeEnabled(TRUE) to get
proper behavior and even then QDockWindow does not limit stretchablilty.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable"&gt;setVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isVerticallyStretchable"&gt;isVerticallyStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDoubleValidator::bottom</name>
    <doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#bottom-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's minimum acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setBottom"&gt;setBottom&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#bottom"&gt;bottom&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDoubleValidator::decimals</name>
    <doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#decimals-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's maximum number of digits after the decimal point.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setDecimals"&gt;setDecimals&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#decimals"&gt;decimals&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QDoubleValidator::top</name>
    <doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#top-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's maximum acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setTop"&gt;setTop&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#top"&gt;top&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::contentsPreview</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#contentsPreview-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the file dialog can provide a contents preview of the currently selected file.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreview"&gt;setContentsPreview&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop"&gt;infoPreview&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreviewEnabled"&gt;setContentsPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#isContentsPreviewEnabled"&gt;isContentsPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::dirPath</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#dirPath-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the file dialog's working directory.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#dirPath"&gt;dirPath&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#dir"&gt;dir&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setDir"&gt;setDir&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::infoPreview</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the file dialog can provide preview information about the currently selected file.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled"&gt;setInfoPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#isInfoPreviewEnabled"&gt;isInfoPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::mode</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#mode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the file dialog's mode.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;ExistingFile&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setMode"&gt;setMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#mode"&gt;mode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::previewMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#previewMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the preview mode for the file dialog.
&lt;p&gt;If you set the mode to be a mode other than &lt;em&gt;NoPreview&lt;/em&gt;, you must
use &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreview"&gt;setInfoPreview&lt;/a&gt;() or &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreview"&gt;setContentsPreview&lt;/a&gt;() to set the dialog's
preview widget to your preview widget and enable the preview
widget(s) with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled"&gt;setInfoPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() or
&lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreviewEnabled"&gt;setContentsPreviewEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop"&gt;infoPreview&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#contentsPreview-prop"&gt;contentsPreview&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#viewMode-prop"&gt;viewMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setPreviewMode"&gt;setPreviewMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#previewMode"&gt;previewMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::selectedFile</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the selected file.
&lt;p&gt;If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including
its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#isEmpty"&gt;TQString::isEmpty&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop"&gt;selectedFiles&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop"&gt;selectedFilter&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::selectedFiles</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the list of selected files.
&lt;p&gt;If one or more files are selected, selectedFiles contains their
names including their absolute paths. If no files are selected or
the mode isn't ExistingFiles selectedFiles is an empty list.
&lt;p&gt; It is more convenient to use &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;() if the mode is
&lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;ExistingFile&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;Directory&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum"&gt;DirectoryOnly&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
iterate over a copy, e.g.
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="ntqstringlist.html"&gt;QStringList&lt;/a&gt; list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
    QStringList::Iterator it = list.&lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#begin"&gt;begin&lt;/a&gt;();
    while( it != list.&lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#end"&gt;end&lt;/a&gt;() ) {
        myProcessing( *it );
        ++it;
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop"&gt;selectedFilter&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqvaluelist.html#empty"&gt;QValueList::empty&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles"&gt;selectedFiles&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::selectedFilter</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter"&gt;selectedFilter&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#filterSelected"&gt;filterSelected&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop"&gt;selectedFiles&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop"&gt;selectedFile&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::showHiddenFiles</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#showHiddenFiles-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether hidden files are shown in the file dialog.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. don't show hidden files.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setShowHiddenFiles"&gt;setShowHiddenFiles&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#showHiddenFiles"&gt;showHiddenFiles&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFileDialog::viewMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#viewMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the file dialog's view mode.
&lt;p&gt;If you set the view mode to be &lt;em&gt;Detail&lt;/em&gt; (the default), then you
will see the file's details, such as the size of the file and the
date the file was last modified in addition to the file's name.
&lt;p&gt; If you set the view mode to be &lt;em&gt;List&lt;/em&gt;, then you will just
see a list of the files and folders.
&lt;p&gt; See &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#ViewMode-enum"&gt;QFileDialog::ViewMode&lt;/a&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setViewMode"&gt;setViewMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqfiledialog.html#viewMode"&gt;viewMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::contentsRect</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the rectangle inside the frame.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect"&gt;contentsRect&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameRect-prop"&gt;frameRect&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#drawContents"&gt;drawContents&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameRect</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#frameRect-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the frame rectangle.
&lt;p&gt;The frame rectangle is the rectangle the frame is drawn in. By
default, this is the entire widget. Setting this property does &lt;em&gt;not&lt;/em&gt; cause a widget update.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is set to a null rectangle (for example
&lt;tt&gt;QRect(0, 0, 0, 0)&lt;/tt&gt;), then the frame rectangle is equivalent to
the &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#rect"&gt;widget rectangle&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect-prop"&gt;contentsRect&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameRect"&gt;setFrameRect&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameRect"&gt;frameRect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameShadow</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#frameShadow-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the frame shadow value from the frame style.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameShadow"&gt;setFrameShadow&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameShadow"&gt;frameShadow&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameStyle"&gt;frameStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameShape-prop"&gt;frameShape&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameShape</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#frameShape-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the frame shape value from the frame style.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameShape"&gt;setFrameShape&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameShape"&gt;frameShape&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameStyle"&gt;frameStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameShadow-prop"&gt;frameShadow&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::frameWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the frame that is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;Note that the frame width depends on the &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameStyle"&gt;frame style&lt;/a&gt;, not only the line
width and the mid-line width. For example, the style &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;NoFrame&lt;/a&gt;
always has a frame width of 0, whereas the style &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;Panel&lt;/a&gt; has a
frame width equivalent to the line width. The frame width also
includes the margin.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth-prop"&gt;midLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameStyle"&gt;frameStyle&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#margin-prop"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::lineWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the line width.
&lt;p&gt;Note that the &lt;em&gt;total&lt;/em&gt; line width for &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;HLine&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum"&gt;VLine&lt;/a&gt; is
given by &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;(), not &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The default value is 1.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth-prop"&gt;midLineWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setLineWidth"&gt;setLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::margin</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#margin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the margin.
&lt;p&gt;The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the
frame and the outermost pixel of &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect"&gt;contentsRect&lt;/a&gt;(). It is included in
&lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The margin is filled according to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The default value is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#margin-prop"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setMargin"&gt;setMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#margin"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QFrame::midLineWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the mid-line.
&lt;p&gt;The default value is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop"&gt;lineWidth&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#setMidLineWidth"&gt;setMidLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth"&gt;midLineWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::cellHeight</name>
    <doc href="ntqgridview.html#cellHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the height of a grid row.
&lt;p&gt;All rows in a grid view have the same height.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#cellWidth-prop"&gt;cellWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#setCellHeight"&gt;setCellHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#cellHeight"&gt;cellHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::cellWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqgridview.html#cellWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of a grid column.
&lt;p&gt;All columns in a grid view have the same width.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#cellHeight-prop"&gt;cellHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#setCellWidth"&gt;setCellWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#cellWidth"&gt;cellWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::numCols</name>
    <doc href="ntqgridview.html#numCols-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the grid.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#setNumCols"&gt;setNumCols&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#numCols"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#numRows-prop"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGridView::numRows</name>
    <doc href="ntqgridview.html#numRows-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the grid.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#setNumRows"&gt;setNumRows&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqgridview.html#numCols-prop"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::alignment</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#alignment-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment of the group box title.
&lt;p&gt;The title is always placed on the upper frame line. The horizontal
alignment can be specified by the alignment parameter.
&lt;p&gt; The alignment is one of the following flags:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignAuto&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title according to the language,
usually to the left.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title text to the left.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title text to the right.
&lt;li&gt; &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignHCenter&lt;/a&gt; aligns the title text centered.
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The default alignment is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignAuto&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::checkable</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#checkable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the group box has a checkbox in its title.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, the group box has a checkbox. If the
checkbox is checked (which is the default), the group box's
children are enabled.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setCheckable"&gt;setCheckable&lt;/a&gt;() controls whether or not the group box has a
checkbox, and &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isCheckable"&gt;isCheckable&lt;/a&gt;() controls whether the checkbox is
checked or not.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setCheckable"&gt;setCheckable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isCheckable"&gt;isCheckable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::checked</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#checked-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the group box's checkbox is checked.
&lt;p&gt;If the group box has a check box (see &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isCheckable"&gt;isCheckable&lt;/a&gt;()), and the
check box is checked (see &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isChecked"&gt;isChecked&lt;/a&gt;()), the group box's children
are enabled. If the checkbox is unchecked the children are
disabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setChecked"&gt;setChecked&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isChecked"&gt;isChecked&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::columns</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#columns-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns or rows (depending on &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#orientation-prop"&gt;QGroupBox::orientation&lt;/a&gt;) in the group box.
&lt;p&gt;Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is
slow (it does a complete layout). It is best to set the number
of columns directly in the constructor.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setColumns"&gt;setColumns&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#columns"&gt;columns&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::flat</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#flat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the group box is painted flat or has a frame.
&lt;p&gt;By default a group box has a surrounding frame, with the title
being placed on the upper frame line. In flat mode the right, left
and bottom frame lines are omitted, and only the thin line at the
top is drawn.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#title-prop"&gt;title&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setFlat"&gt;setFlat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isFlat"&gt;isFlat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::orientation</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the group box's orientation.
&lt;p&gt;A horizontal group box arranges it's children in columns, while a
vertical group box arranges them in rows.
&lt;p&gt; Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is
slow (it does a complete layout). It is better to set the
orientation directly in the constructor.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QGroupBox::title</name>
    <doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#title-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the group box title text.
&lt;p&gt;The group box title text will have a focus-change keyboard
accelerator if the title contains &amp;amp;, followed by a letter.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
        g-&amp;gt;setTitle( "&amp;amp;User information" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
This produces "&lt;u&gt;U&lt;/u&gt;ser information"; Alt+U moves the &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt; to the group box.
&lt;p&gt; There is no default title text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setTitle"&gt;setTitle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqgroupbox.html#title"&gt;title&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqheader.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of sections in the header.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::moving</name>
    <doc href="ntqheader.html#moving-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the header sections can be moved.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE (the default) the user can move sections.
If the user moves a section the &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#indexChange"&gt;indexChange&lt;/a&gt;() signal is emitted.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setClickEnabled"&gt;setClickEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setResizeEnabled"&gt;setResizeEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setMovingEnabled"&gt;setMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#isMovingEnabled"&gt;isMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::offset</name>
    <doc href="ntqheader.html#offset-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the header's left-most (or top-most) visible pixel.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property will scroll the header so that &lt;em&gt;offset&lt;/em&gt;
becomes the left-most (or top-most for vertical headers) visible
pixel.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setOffset"&gt;setOffset&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#offset"&gt;offset&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::orientation</name>
    <doc href="ntqheader.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the header's orientation.
&lt;p&gt;The orientation is either &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Vertical&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Horizontal&lt;/a&gt; (the
default).
&lt;p&gt; Call &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() before adding labels if you don't provide a
size parameter otherwise the sizes will be incorrect.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::stretching</name>
    <doc href="ntqheader.html#stretching-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the header sections always take up the full width (or height) of the header.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setStretchEnabled"&gt;setStretchEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#isStretchEnabled"&gt;isStretchEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QHeader::tracking</name>
    <doc href="ntqheader.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#sizeChange"&gt;sizeChange&lt;/a&gt;() signal is emitted continuously.
&lt;p&gt;If tracking is on, the sizeChange() signal is emitted continuously
while the mouse is moved (i.e. when the header is resized),
otherwise it is only emitted when the mouse button is released at
the end of resizing.
&lt;p&gt; Tracking defaults to FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::arrangement</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#arrangement-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the arrangement mode of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;This can be &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#Arrangement-enum"&gt;LeftToRight&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#Arrangement-enum"&gt;TopToBottom&lt;/a&gt;. The default is &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#Arrangement-enum"&gt;LeftToRight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setArrangement"&gt;setArrangement&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#arrangement"&gt;arrangement&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::autoArrange</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#autoArrange-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the icon view rearranges its items when a new item is inserted.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if the icon view is not visible at the time of
insertion, QIconView defers all position-related work until it is
shown and then calls &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#arrangeItemsInGrid"&gt;arrangeItemsInGrid&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setAutoArrange"&gt;setAutoArrange&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#autoArrange"&gt;autoArrange&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items in the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::gridX</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#gridX-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the horizontal grid of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;If the value is -1, (the default), QIconView computes suitable
column widths based on the icon view's contents.
&lt;p&gt; Note that setting a grid width overrides &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setMaxItemWidth"&gt;setMaxItemWidth&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setGridX"&gt;setGridX&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#gridX"&gt;gridX&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::gridY</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#gridY-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the vertical grid of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;If the value is -1, (the default), QIconView computes suitable
column heights based on the icon view's contents.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setGridY"&gt;setGridY&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#gridY"&gt;gridY&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::itemTextBackground</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextBackground-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the brush to use when drawing the background of an item's text.
&lt;p&gt;By default this brush is set to NoBrush, meaning that only the
normal icon view background is used.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setItemTextBackground"&gt;setItemTextBackground&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextBackground"&gt;itemTextBackground&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::itemTextPos</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextPos-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position where the text of each item is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;Valid values are &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum"&gt;Bottom&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum"&gt;Right&lt;/a&gt;. The default is &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum"&gt;Bottom&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setItemTextPos"&gt;setItemTextPos&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextPos"&gt;itemTextPos&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::itemsMovable</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#itemsMovable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the user is allowed to move items around in the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setItemsMovable"&gt;setItemsMovable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#itemsMovable"&gt;itemsMovable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::maxItemTextLength</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemTextLength-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum length (in characters) that an item's text may have.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 255 characters.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setMaxItemTextLength"&gt;setMaxItemTextLength&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemTextLength"&gt;maxItemTextLength&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::maxItemWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum width that an item may have.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 100 pixels.
&lt;p&gt; Note that if the &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#gridX"&gt;gridX&lt;/a&gt;() value is set QIconView will ignore
this property.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setMaxItemWidth"&gt;setMaxItemWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemWidth"&gt;maxItemWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::resizeMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#resizeMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the resize mode of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;This can be &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Fixed&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Adjust&lt;/a&gt;. The default is &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Fixed&lt;/a&gt;.
See &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;ResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setResizeMode"&gt;setResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#resizeMode"&gt;resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#selectionMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selection mode of the icon view.
&lt;p&gt;This can be &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;NoSelection&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::showToolTips</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#showToolTips-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the icon view will display a tool tip with the complete text for any truncated item text.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE. Note that this has no effect if
&lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setWordWrapIconText"&gt;setWordWrapIconText&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE, as it is by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setShowToolTips"&gt;setShowToolTips&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#showToolTips"&gt;showToolTips&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::sortDirection</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#sortDirection-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the sort direction for inserting new items is ascending;.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE (i.e. ascending). This sort direction is only
meaningful if both &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#sorting"&gt;sorting&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#autoArrange"&gt;autoArrange&lt;/a&gt;() are TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; To set the sort direction, use &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setSorting"&gt;setSorting&lt;/a&gt;()

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#sortDirection"&gt;sortDirection&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::sorting</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#sorting-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the icon view sorts on insertion.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE, i.e. no sorting on insertion.
&lt;p&gt; To set the sorting, use &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setSorting"&gt;setSorting&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#sorting"&gt;sorting&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::spacing</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#spacing-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the space in pixels between icon view items.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 5 pixels.
&lt;p&gt; Negative values for spacing are illegal.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setSpacing"&gt;setSpacing&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#spacing"&gt;spacing&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIconView::wordWrapIconText</name>
    <doc href="ntqiconview.html#wordWrapIconText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the item text will be word-wrapped if it is too long.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is FALSE, icon text that is too long is
truncated, and an ellipsis (...) appended to indicate that
truncation has occurred. The full text can still be seen by the
user if they hover the mouse because the full text is shown in a
tooltip; see &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setShowToolTips"&gt;setShowToolTips&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#setWordWrapIconText"&gt;setWordWrapIconText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqiconview.html#wordWrapIconText"&gt;wordWrapIconText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIntValidator::bottom</name>
    <doc href="qintvalidator.html#bottom-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's lowest acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setBottom"&gt;setBottom&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#bottom"&gt;bottom&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QIntValidator::top</name>
    <doc href="qintvalidator.html#top-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the validator's highest acceptable value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setTop"&gt;setTop&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#top"&gt;top&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::intValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#intValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the displayed value rounded to the nearest integer.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to the nearest integer to the current
value displayed by the LCDNumber. This is the value used for
hexadecimal, octal and binary modes.
&lt;p&gt; If the displayed value is not a number, the property has a value
of 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#display"&gt;display&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#intValue"&gt;intValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::mode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#mode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current display mode (number base).
&lt;p&gt;Corresponds to the current display mode, which is one of &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;BIN&lt;/a&gt;,
&lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;OCT&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;DEC&lt;/a&gt; (the default) and &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;HEX&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum"&gt;DEC&lt;/a&gt; mode can display
floating point values, the other modes display the integer
equivalent.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop"&gt;smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setHexMode"&gt;setHexMode&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setDecMode"&gt;setDecMode&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setOctMode"&gt;setOctMode&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setBinMode"&gt;setBinMode&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setMode"&gt;setMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#mode"&gt;mode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::numDigits</name>
    <doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#numDigits-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current number of digits displayed.
&lt;p&gt;Corresponds to the current number of digits. If &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop"&gt;QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt; is FALSE, the decimal point occupies
one digit position.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop"&gt;smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setNumDigits"&gt;setNumDigits&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#numDigits"&gt;numDigits&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::segmentStyle</name>
    <doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#segmentStyle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the style of the LCDNumber.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;center&gt;&lt;table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0"&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor="#a2c511"&gt; &lt;th valign="top"&gt;Style &lt;th valign="top"&gt;Result
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Outline&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;td valign="top"&gt;Produces raised segments filled with the background color
(this is the default).
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Filled&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;td valign="top"&gt;Produces raised segments filled with the foreground color.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Flat&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;td valign="top"&gt;Produces flat segments filled with the foreground color.
&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Outline&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum"&gt;Filled&lt;/a&gt; will additionally use
&lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#light"&gt;QColorGroup::light&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#dark"&gt;QColorGroup::dark&lt;/a&gt;() for shadow effects.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setSegmentStyle"&gt;setSegmentStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#segmentStyle"&gt;segmentStyle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint</name>
    <doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the style of the decimal point.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE the decimal point is drawn between two digit positions.
Otherwise it occupies a digit position of its own, i.e. is drawn
in a digit position. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; The inter-digit space is made slightly wider when the decimal
point is drawn between the digits.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#mode-prop"&gt;mode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setSmallDecimalPoint"&gt;setSmallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint"&gt;smallDecimalPoint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLCDNumber::value</name>
    <doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the displayed value.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to the current value displayed by the
LCDNumber.
&lt;p&gt; If the displayed value is not a number, the property has a value
of 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#display"&gt;display&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::alignment</name>
    <doc href="ntqlabel.html#alignment-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment of the label's contents.
&lt;p&gt;The alignment is a bitwise OR of &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::TextFlags&lt;/a&gt; values. The &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;ExpandTabs&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;SingleLine&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;ShowPrefix&lt;/a&gt; flags apply only if the label contains plain text;
otherwise they are ignored. The &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;DontClip&lt;/a&gt; flag is always
ignored. &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;WordBreak&lt;/a&gt; applies to both rich text and plain text
labels. The &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;BreakAnywhere&lt;/a&gt; flag is not supported in QLabel.
&lt;p&gt; If the label has a buddy, the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;ShowPrefix&lt;/a&gt; flag is forced to
TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; The default alignment is &lt;tt&gt;AlignAuto | AlignVCenter | ExpandTabs&lt;/tt&gt;
if the label doesn't have a buddy and &lt;tt&gt;AlignAuto | AlignVCenter | ExpandTabs | ShowPrefix&lt;/tt&gt; if the label has a buddy. If the label
contains rich text, additionally &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum"&gt;WordBreak&lt;/a&gt; is turned on.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setBuddy"&gt;setBuddy&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::indent</name>
    <doc href="ntqlabel.html#indent-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's text indent in pixels.
&lt;p&gt;If a label displays text, the indent applies to the left edge if
&lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;() is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt;, to the right edge if alignment() is
&lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt;, to the top edge if alignment() is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignTop&lt;/a&gt;, and
to to the bottom edge if alignment() is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignBottom&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; If indent is negative, or if no indent has been set, the label
computes the effective indent as follows: If &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;() is 0,
the effective indent becomes 0. If frameWidth() is greater than 0,
the effective indent becomes half the width of the "x" character
of the widget's current &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#font"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment-prop"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop"&gt;frameWidth&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#font-prop"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setIndent"&gt;setIndent&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#indent"&gt;indent&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::pixmap</name>
    <doc href="ntqlabel.html#pixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's pixmap.
&lt;p&gt;If no pixmap has been set this will return an invalid pixmap.
&lt;p&gt; Setting the pixmap clears any previous content, and resizes the
label if &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#autoResize"&gt;QLabel::autoResize&lt;/a&gt;() is TRUE. The buddy accelerator,
if any, is disabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setPixmap"&gt;setPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#pixmap"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::scaledContents</name>
    <doc href="ntqlabel.html#scaledContents-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the label will scale its contents to fill all available space.
&lt;p&gt;When enabled and the label shows a pixmap, it will scale the
pixmap to fill the available space.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#scaledContents-prop"&gt;scaledContents&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setScaledContents"&gt;setScaledContents&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#hasScaledContents"&gt;hasScaledContents&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqlabel.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's text.
&lt;p&gt;If no text has been set this will return an empty string. Setting
the text clears any previous content, unless they are the same.
&lt;p&gt; The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as a rich
text, depending on the text format setting; see &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
The default setting is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;, i.e. QLabel will try to
auto-detect the format of the text set.
&lt;p&gt; If the text is interpreted as a plain text and a buddy has been
set, the buddy accelerator key is updated from the new text.
&lt;p&gt; The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled.
&lt;p&gt; Note that Qlabel is well-suited to display small rich text
documents, i.e. those small documents that get their document
specific settings (font, text color, link color) from the label's
palette and font properties. For large documents, use &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html"&gt;QTextEdit&lt;/a&gt;
in read-only mode instead. QTextEdit will flicker less on resize
and can also provide a scrollbar when necessary.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setBuddy"&gt;setBuddy&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment-prop"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLabel::textFormat</name>
    <doc href="ntqlabel.html#textFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's text format.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;TQt::TextFormat&lt;/a&gt; enum for an explanation of the possible
options.
&lt;p&gt; The default format is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlabel.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLayout::margin</name>
    <doc href="ntqlayout.html#margin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the outside border of the layout.
&lt;p&gt;For some layout classes this property has an effect only on
top-level layouts; &lt;a href="qboxlayout.html"&gt;QBoxLayout&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qgridlayout.html"&gt;QGridLayout&lt;/a&gt; support margins for
child layouts. The default value is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#spacing-prop"&gt;spacing&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#setMargin"&gt;setMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#margin"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLayout::resizeMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlayout.html#resizeMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the resize mode of the layout.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;Auto&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;QLayout::ResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#setResizeMode"&gt;setResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#resizeMode"&gt;resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLayout::spacing</name>
    <doc href="ntqlayout.html#spacing-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the spacing between widgets inside the layout.
&lt;p&gt;The default value is -1, which signifies that the layout's spacing
should not override the widget's spacing.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#margin-prop"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#setSpacing"&gt;setSpacing&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#spacing"&gt;spacing&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::acceptableInput</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#acceptableInput-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the input satisfies the inputMask and the validator.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasAcceptableInput"&gt;hasAcceptableInput&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask-prop"&gt;inputMask&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator"&gt;setValidator&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::alignment</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#alignment-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the alignment of the line edit.
&lt;p&gt;Possible Values are &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignAuto&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignRight&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignHCenter&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; Attempting to set the alignment to an illegal flag combination
does nothing.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::cursorPosition</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#cursorPosition-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current cursor position for this line edit.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the cursor position causes a repaint when appropriate.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setCursorPosition"&gt;setCursorPosition&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#cursorPosition"&gt;cursorPosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::displayText</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#displayText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the displayed text.
&lt;p&gt;If &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt; is &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;Normal&lt;/a&gt; this returns the same as &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;(); if
&lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt; is &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;Password&lt;/a&gt; it returns a string of asterisks
text().length() characters long, e.g. "******"; if &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt; is
&lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;NoEcho&lt;/a&gt; returns an empty string, "".
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode-prop"&gt;echoMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#displayText"&gt;displayText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::dragEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#dragEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the lineedit starts a drag if the user presses and moves the mouse on some selected text.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setDragEnabled"&gt;setDragEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#dragEnabled"&gt;dragEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::echoMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the line edit's echo mode.
&lt;p&gt;The initial setting is &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;Normal&lt;/a&gt;, but QLineEdit also supports &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;NoEcho&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;Password&lt;/a&gt; modes.
&lt;p&gt; The widget's display and the ability to copy or drag the text is
affected by this setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;EchoMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#displayText-prop"&gt;displayText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setEchoMode"&gt;setEchoMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode"&gt;echoMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::edited</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#edited-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the line edit has been edited. Use modified instead.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setEdited"&gt;setEdited&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::frame</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#frame-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the line edit draws itself with a frame.
&lt;p&gt;If enabled (the default) the line edit draws itself inside a
two-pixel frame, otherwise the line edit draws itself without any
frame.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setFrame"&gt;setFrame&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#frame"&gt;frame&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::hasMarkedText</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#hasMarkedText-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether part of the text has been selected by the user. Use hasSelectedText instead.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasMarkedText"&gt;hasMarkedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::hasSelectedText</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether there is any text selected.
&lt;p&gt;hasSelectedText() returns TRUE if some or all of the text has been
selected by the user; otherwise returns FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText-prop"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::inputMask</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the validation input mask.
&lt;p&gt;If no mask is set, &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask"&gt;inputMask&lt;/a&gt;() returns &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; Sets the QLineEdit's validation mask. Validators can be used
instead of, or in conjunction with masks; see &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator"&gt;setValidator&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; Unset the mask and return to normal QLineEdit operation by passing
an empty string ("") or just calling &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setInputMask"&gt;setInputMask&lt;/a&gt;() with no
arguments.
&lt;p&gt; The mask format understands these mask characters:
&lt;center&gt;&lt;table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0"&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor="#a2c511"&gt; &lt;th valign="top"&gt;Character &lt;th valign="top"&gt;Meaning
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;A&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII alphabetic character required. A-Z, a-z.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;a&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII alphabetic character permitted but not required.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;N&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII alphanumeric character required. A-Z, a-z, 0-9.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;n&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII alphanumeric character permitted but not required.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;X&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;Any character required.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;Any character permitted but not required.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;9&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII digit required. 0-9.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;0&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII digit permitted but not required.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;D&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII digit required. 1-9.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;d&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII digit permitted but not required (1-9).
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;#&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ASCII digit or plus/minus sign permitted but not required.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&amp;gt;&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;All following alphabetic characters are uppercased.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&amp;lt;&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;All following alphabetic characters are lowercased.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;!&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;Switch off case conversion.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&amp;#92;&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;Use &lt;tt&gt;&amp;#92;&lt;/tt&gt; to escape the special
characters listed above to use them as
separators.
&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The mask consists of a string of mask characters and separators,
optionally followed by a semi-colon and the character used for
blanks: the blank characters are always removed from the text
after editing. The default blank character is space.
&lt;p&gt; Examples:
&lt;center&gt;&lt;table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0"&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor="#a2c511"&gt; &lt;th valign="top"&gt;Mask &lt;th valign="top"&gt;Notes
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;000.000.000.000;_&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;IP address; blanks are &lt;tt&gt;_&lt;/tt&gt;.
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;0000-00-00&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;ISO Date; blanks are &lt;tt&gt;space&lt;/tt&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;&lt;tt&gt;&amp;gt;AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA;#&lt;/tt&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;License number;
blanks are &lt;tt&gt;-&lt;/tt&gt; and all (alphabetic) characters are converted to
uppercase.
&lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;
&lt;p&gt; To get range control (e.g. for an IP address) use masks together
with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator"&gt;validators&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength-prop"&gt;maxLength&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setInputMask"&gt;setInputMask&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask"&gt;inputMask&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::markedText</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#markedText-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds the text selected by the user. Use selectedText instead.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#markedText"&gt;markedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::maxLength</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum permitted length of the text.
&lt;p&gt;If the text is too long, it is truncated at the limit.
&lt;p&gt; If truncation occurs any selected text will be unselected, the
cursor position is set to 0 and the first part of the string is
shown.
&lt;p&gt; If the line edit has an input mask, the mask defines the maximum
string length.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask-prop"&gt;inputMask&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setMaxLength"&gt;setMaxLength&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength"&gt;maxLength&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::modified</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#modified-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the line edit's contents has been modified by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The modified flag is never read by QLineEdit; it has a default value
of FALSE and is changed to TRUE whenever the user changes the line
edit's contents.
&lt;p&gt; This is useful for things that need to provide a default value but
do not start out knowing what the default should be (perhaps it
depends on other fields on the form). Start the line edit without
the best default, and when the default is known, if modified()
returns FALSE (the user hasn't entered any text), insert the
default value.
&lt;p&gt; Calling &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#clearModified"&gt;clearModified&lt;/a&gt;() or &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() resets the modified flag to
FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#isModified"&gt;isModified&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#readOnly-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the line edit is read only.
&lt;p&gt;In read-only mode, the user can still copy the text to the
clipboard or drag-and-drop the text (if &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode"&gt;echoMode&lt;/a&gt;() is &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum"&gt;Normal&lt;/a&gt;),
but cannot edit it.
&lt;p&gt; QLineEdit does not show a cursor in read-only mode.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::redoAvailable</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#redoAvailable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether redo is available.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#isRedoAvailable"&gt;isRedoAvailable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::selectedText</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selected text.
&lt;p&gt;If there is no selected text this property's value is
&lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the line edit's text.
&lt;p&gt;Note that setting this property clears the selection, clears the
undo/redo history, moves the cursor to the end of the line and
resets the &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#modified-prop"&gt;modified&lt;/a&gt; property to FALSE. The text is not
validated when inserted with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The text is truncated to &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength"&gt;maxLength&lt;/a&gt;() length.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#insert"&gt;insert&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QLineEdit::undoAvailable</name>
    <doc href="ntqlineedit.html#undoAvailable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether undo is available.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html#isUndoAvailable"&gt;isUndoAvailable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::columnMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the column layout mode for this list box.
&lt;p&gt;setColumnMode() sets the layout mode and adjusts the number of
displayed columns. The row layout mode automatically becomes &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;, unless the column mode is &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns-prop"&gt;numColumns&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setColumnMode"&gt;setColumnMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items in the list box.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::currentItem</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#currentItem-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current highlighted item.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the highlighting is moved to the item
and the list box scrolled as necessary.
&lt;p&gt; If no item is current, &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;() returns -1.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setCurrentItem"&gt;setCurrentItem&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::currentText</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#currentText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text of the current item.
&lt;p&gt;This is equivalent to &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;(currentItem()).

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#currentText"&gt;currentText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::multiSelection</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#multiSelection-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether or not the list box is in Multi selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;Consider using the &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;QListBox::selectionMode&lt;/a&gt; property instead of
this property.
&lt;p&gt; When setting this property, Multi selection mode is used if set to TRUE and
to Single selection mode if set to FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; When getting this property, TRUE is returned if the list box is in
Multi selection mode or Extended selection mode, and FALSE if it is
in Single selection mode or NoSelection mode.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setMultiSelection"&gt;setMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#isMultiSelection"&gt;isMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::numColumns</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the list box.
&lt;p&gt;This is normally 1, but can be different if &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;QListBox::columnMode&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;QListBox::rowMode&lt;/a&gt; has been set.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#numRows-prop"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns"&gt;numColumns&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::numItemsVisible</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#numItemsVisible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of visible items.
&lt;p&gt;Both partially and entirely visible items are counted.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#numItemsVisible"&gt;numItemsVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::numRows</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#numRows-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the list box.
&lt;p&gt;This is equal to the number of items in the default single-column
layout, but can be different.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns-prop"&gt;numColumns&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::rowMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the row layout mode for this list box.
&lt;p&gt;This property is normally &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setRowMode"&gt;setRowMode&lt;/a&gt;() sets the layout mode and adjusts the number of
displayed rows. The column layout mode automatically becomes &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;, unless the row mode is &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum"&gt;Variable&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop"&gt;columnMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setRowMode"&gt;setRowMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode"&gt;rowMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selection mode of the list box.
&lt;p&gt;Sets the list box's selection mode, which may be one of &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt;
(the default), &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;NoSelection&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;SelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::topItem</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#topItem-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the index of an item at the top of the screen.
&lt;p&gt;When getting this property and the listbox has multiple columns,
an arbitrary item is selected and returned.
&lt;p&gt; When setting this property, the list box is scrolled so the item
at position &lt;em&gt;index&lt;/em&gt; in the list is displayed in the top row of
the list box.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setTopItem"&gt;setTopItem&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#topItem"&gt;topItem&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::variableHeight</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#variableHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this list box has variable-height rows.
&lt;p&gt;When the list box has variable-height rows (the default), each row
is as high as the highest item in that row. When it has same-sized
rows, all rows are as high as the highest item in the list box.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableWidth-prop"&gt;variableWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setVariableHeight"&gt;setVariableHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableHeight"&gt;variableHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListBox::variableWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistbox.html#variableWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this list box has variable-width columns.
&lt;p&gt;When the list box has variable-width columns, each column is as
wide as the widest item in that column. When it has same-sized
columns (the default), all columns are as wide as the widest item
in the list box.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableHeight-prop"&gt;variableHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#setVariableWidth"&gt;setVariableWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableWidth"&gt;variableWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::allColumnsShowFocus</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#allColumnsShowFocus-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether items should show &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt; using all columns.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE all columns will show focus and selection
states, otherwise only column 0 will show focus.
&lt;p&gt; The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; Setting this to TRUE if it's not necessary may cause noticeable
flicker.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setAllColumnsShowFocus"&gt;setAllColumnsShowFocus&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#allColumnsShowFocus"&gt;allColumnsShowFocus&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::childCount</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#childCount-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of parentless (top-level) &lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html"&gt;QListViewItem&lt;/a&gt; objects in this QListView.
&lt;p&gt;Holds the current number of parentless (top-level) QListViewItem
objects in this QListView.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#childCount"&gt;QListViewItem::childCount&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#childCount"&gt;childCount&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::columns</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#columns-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in this list view.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#columns"&gt;columns&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#addColumn"&gt;addColumn&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#removeColumn"&gt;removeColumn&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::defaultRenameAction</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#defaultRenameAction-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds what action to perform when the editor loses focus during renaming.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#RenameAction-enum"&gt;Accept&lt;/a&gt;, and the user renames an item and
the editor loses focus (without the user pressing Enter), the
item will still be renamed. If the property's value is &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#RenameAction-enum"&gt;Reject&lt;/a&gt;,
the item will not be renamed unless the user presses Enter. The
default is &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#RenameAction-enum"&gt;Reject&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setDefaultRenameAction"&gt;setDefaultRenameAction&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#defaultRenameAction"&gt;defaultRenameAction&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::itemMargin</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#itemMargin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the advisory item margin that list items may use.
&lt;p&gt;The item margin defaults to one pixel and is the margin between
the item's edges and the area where it draws its contents.
&lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#paintFocus"&gt;QListViewItem::paintFocus&lt;/a&gt;() draws in the margin.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qlistviewitem.html#paintCell"&gt;QListViewItem::paintCell&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setItemMargin"&gt;setItemMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#itemMargin"&gt;itemMargin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::multiSelection</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#multiSelection-prop"> &lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view is in multi-selection or extended-selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;If you enable multi-selection, &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt;, mode, it is possible to
specify whether or not this mode should be extended. &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;
means that the user can select multiple items only when pressing
the Shift or Ctrl key at the same time.
&lt;p&gt; The default selection mode is &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setMultiSelection"&gt;setMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#isMultiSelection"&gt;isMultiSelection&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::resizeMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#resizeMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether all, none or the only the last column should be resized.
&lt;p&gt;Specifies whether all, none or only the last column should be
resized to fit the full width of the list view. The values for this
property can be one of: &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;NoColumn&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;AllColumns&lt;/a&gt;
or &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum"&gt;LastColumn&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Setting the resize mode should be done after all necessary
columns have been added to the list view, otherwise the behavior is
undefined.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqheader.html"&gt;QHeader&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#header"&gt;header&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setResizeMode"&gt;setResizeMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#resizeMode"&gt;resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::rootIsDecorated</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#rootIsDecorated-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view shows open/close signs on root items.
&lt;p&gt;Open/close signs are small &lt;b&gt;+&lt;/b&gt; or &lt;b&gt;-&lt;/b&gt; symbols in windows
style, or arrows in &lt;a href="motif-extension.html#Motif"&gt;Motif&lt;/a&gt; style. The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setRootIsDecorated"&gt;setRootIsDecorated&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#rootIsDecorated"&gt;rootIsDecorated&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#selectionMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the list view's selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;The mode can be &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Single&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Extended&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; or
&lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;NoSelection&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#multiSelection-prop"&gt;multiSelection&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::showSortIndicator</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#showSortIndicator-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the list view header should display a sort indicator.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is TRUE, an arrow is drawn in the header of the
list view to indicate the sort order of the list view contents.
The arrow will be drawn in the correct column and will point up or
down, depending on the current sort direction. The default is
FALSE (don't show an indicator).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#setSortIndicator"&gt;QHeader::setSortIndicator&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setShowSortIndicator"&gt;setShowSortIndicator&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#showSortIndicator"&gt;showSortIndicator&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::showToolTips</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#showToolTips-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this list view should show tooltips for truncated column texts.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setShowToolTips"&gt;setShowToolTips&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#showToolTips"&gt;showToolTips&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QListView::treeStepSize</name>
    <doc href="ntqlistview.html#treeStepSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of pixels a child is offset from its parent.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 20 pixels.
&lt;p&gt; Of course, this property is only meaningful for hierarchical list
views.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#setTreeStepSize"&gt;setTreeStepSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqlistview.html#treeStepSize"&gt;treeStepSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::dockWindowsMovable</name>
    <doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#dockWindowsMovable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dock windows are movable.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE (the default), the user will be able to move movable dock
windows from one QMainWindow dock area to another, including the
&lt;tt&gt;TearOff&lt;/tt&gt; area (i.e. where the dock window floats freely as a
window in its own right), and the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Dock-enum"&gt;Minimized&lt;/a&gt; area (where only
the dock window's handle is shown below the menu bar). Moveable
dock windows can also be moved within QMainWindow dock areas, i.e.
to rearrange them within a dock area.
&lt;p&gt; If FALSE the user will not be able to move any dock windows.
&lt;p&gt; By default dock windows are moved transparently (i.e. only an
outline rectangle is shown during the drag), but this setting can
be changed with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving"&gt;setOpaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setDockEnabled"&gt;setDockEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop"&gt;opaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setDockWindowsMovable"&gt;setDockWindowsMovable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#dockWindowsMovable"&gt;dockWindowsMovable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::opaqueMoving</name>
    <doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether dock windows are moved opaquely.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE the dock windows of the main window are shown opaquely
(i.e. it shows the toolbar as it looks when docked) whilst it is
being moved. If FALSE (the default) they are shown transparently,
(i.e. as an outline rectangle).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Opaque moving of toolbars and dockwindows is known to
have several problems. We recommend avoiding the use of this
feature for the time being. We intend fixing the problems in a
future release.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving"&gt;setOpaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving"&gt;opaqueMoving&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::rightJustification</name>
    <doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#rightJustification-prop">
&lt;b&gt;This function is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the main window right-justifies its dock windows.
&lt;p&gt;If disabled (the default), stretchable dock windows are expanded,
and non-stretchable dock windows are given the minimum space they
need. Since most dock windows are not stretchable, this usually
results in an unjustified right edge (or unjustified bottom edge
for a vertical dock area). If enabled, the main window will
right-justify its dock windows.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticalStretchable"&gt;QDockWindow::setVerticalStretchable&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontalStretchable"&gt;QDockWindow::setHorizontalStretchable&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setRightJustification"&gt;setRightJustification&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#rightJustification"&gt;rightJustification&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::usesBigPixmaps</name>
    <doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesBigPixmaps-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether big pixmaps are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE (the default), the tool buttons will use small pixmaps;
otherwise big pixmaps will be used.
&lt;p&gt; Tool buttons and other widgets that wish to respond to this
setting are responsible for reading the correct state on startup,
and for connecting to the main window's widget's
&lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#pixmapSizeChanged"&gt;pixmapSizeChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setUsesBigPixmaps"&gt;setUsesBigPixmaps&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesBigPixmaps"&gt;usesBigPixmaps&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMainWindow::usesTextLabel</name>
    <doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether text labels for toolbar buttons are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If disabled (the default), the tool buttons will not use text
labels. If enabled, text labels will be used.
&lt;p&gt; Tool buttons and other widgets that wish to respond to this
setting are responsible for reading the correct state on startup,
and for connecting to the main window's widget's
&lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabelChanged"&gt;usesTextLabelChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop"&gt;QToolButton::usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setUsesTextLabel"&gt;setUsesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel"&gt;usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMenuBar::defaultUp</name>
    <doc href="ntqmenubar.html#defaultUp-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the popup orientation.
&lt;p&gt;The default popup orientation. By default, menus pop "down" the
screen. By setting the property to TRUE, the menu will pop "up".
You might call this for menus that are &lt;em&gt;below&lt;/em&gt; the document to
which they refer.
&lt;p&gt; If the menu would not fit on the screen, the other direction is
used automatically.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmenubar.html#setDefaultUp"&gt;setDefaultUp&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmenubar.html#isDefaultUp"&gt;isDefaultUp&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMenuBar::separator</name>
    <doc href="ntqmenubar.html#separator-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds in which cases a menubar sparator is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmenubar.html#setSeparator"&gt;setSeparator&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmenubar.html#separator"&gt;separator&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::icon</name>
    <doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#icon-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the message box's icon.
&lt;p&gt;The icon of the message box can be one of the following predefined
icons:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::NoIcon
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Question
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Information
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Warning
&lt;li&gt; QMessageBox::Critical
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; The actual pixmap used for displaying the icon depends on the
current &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#style"&gt;GUI style&lt;/a&gt;. You can also set
a custom pixmap icon using the &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop"&gt;QMessageBox::iconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;
property. The default icon is QMessageBox::NoIcon.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop"&gt;iconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setIcon"&gt;setIcon&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#icon"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::iconPixmap</name>
    <doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current icon.
&lt;p&gt;The icon currently used by the message box. Note that it's often
hard to draw one pixmap that looks appropriate in both &lt;a href="motif-extension.html#Motif"&gt;Motif&lt;/a&gt; and
Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#icon-prop"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setIconPixmap"&gt;setIconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap"&gt;iconPixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the message box text to be displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich
text, depending on the text format setting (&lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;QMessageBox::textFormat&lt;/a&gt;). The default setting is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;, i.e.
the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text.
&lt;p&gt; The default value of this property is &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMessageBox::textFormat</name>
    <doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the format of the text displayed by the message box.
&lt;p&gt;The current text format used by the message box. See the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;TQt::TextFormat&lt;/a&gt; enum for an explanation of the possible options.
&lt;p&gt; The default format is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::alignment</name>
    <doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#alignment-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's paragraph alignment.
&lt;p&gt;Sets the alignment to flag, which must be &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignLeft&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignHCenter&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;AlignRight&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; If flag is an illegal flag nothing happens.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum"&gt;TQt::AlignmentFlags&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#setAlignment"&gt;setAlignment&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#alignment"&gt;alignment&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::atBeginning</name>
    <doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the cursor is placed at the beginning of the text.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atBeginning"&gt;atBeginning&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop"&gt;atEnd&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::atEnd</name>
    <doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the cursor is placed at the end of the text.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd"&gt;atEnd&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop"&gt;atBeginning&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::edited</name>
    <doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#edited-prop">  &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the document has been edited by the user.
&lt;p&gt;This is the same as &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html"&gt;QTextEdit&lt;/a&gt;'s "modifed" property.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#modified-prop"&gt;QTextEdit::modified&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#setEdited"&gt;setEdited&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#edited"&gt;edited&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QMultiLineEdit::numLines</name>
    <doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#numLines-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of paragraphs in the editor.
&lt;p&gt;The count includes any empty paragraph at top and bottom, so for an
empty editor this method returns 1.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#numLines"&gt;numLines&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQObject::name</name>
    <doc href="ntqobject.html#name-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of this object.
&lt;p&gt;You can find an object by name (and type) using &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#child"&gt;child&lt;/a&gt;(). You can
find a set of objects with &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#queryList"&gt;queryList&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; The object name is set by the constructor or by the &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#setName"&gt;setName&lt;/a&gt;()
function. The object name is not very useful in the current
version of Qt, but will become increasingly important in the
future.
&lt;p&gt; If the object does not have a name, the &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#name"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;() function returns
"unnamed", so printf() (used in &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#qDebug"&gt;qDebug&lt;/a&gt;()) will not be asked to
output a null pointer. If you want a null pointer to be returned
for unnamed objects, you can call name( 0 ).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
        &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#qDebug"&gt;qDebug&lt;/a&gt;( "MyClass::setPrecision(): (%s) invalid precision %f",
                &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#name"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;(), newPrecision );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#className"&gt;className&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#child"&gt;child&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#queryList"&gt;queryList&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#setName"&gt;setName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqobject.html#name"&gt;name&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPopupMenu::checkable</name>
    <doc href="ntqpopupmenu.html#checkable-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the display of check marks on menu items is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;When TRUE, the display of check marks on menu items is enabled.
Checking is always enabled when in Windows-style.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqmenudata.html#setItemChecked"&gt;QMenuData::setItemChecked&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpopupmenu.html#setCheckable"&gt;setCheckable&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpopupmenu.html#isCheckable"&gt;isCheckable&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::centerIndicator</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the indicator string should be centered.
&lt;p&gt;Changing this property sets &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop"&gt;QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;
to FALSE. The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setCenterIndicator"&gt;setCenterIndicator&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator"&gt;centerIndicator&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the display of the indicator string should follow the GUI style.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop"&gt;centerIndicator&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setIndicatorFollowsStyle"&gt;setIndicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle"&gt;indicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::percentageVisible</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#percentageVisible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the current progress value is displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop"&gt;centerIndicator&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop"&gt;indicatorFollowsStyle&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setPercentageVisible"&gt;setPercentageVisible&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#percentageVisible"&gt;percentageVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::progress</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#progress-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current amount of progress.
&lt;p&gt;This property is -1 if progress counting has not started.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setProgress"&gt;setProgress&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#progress"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::progressString</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#progressString-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the amount of progress as a string.
&lt;p&gt;This property is &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt; if progress counting has not started.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#progressString"&gt;progressString&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressBar::totalSteps</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#totalSteps-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the total number of steps.
&lt;p&gt;If totalSteps is 0, the progress bar will display a busy
indicator.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setTotalSteps"&gt;setTotalSteps&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html#totalSteps"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::autoClose</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoClose-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dialog gets hidden by &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#reset"&gt;reset&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoReset-prop"&gt;autoReset&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setAutoClose"&gt;setAutoClose&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoClose"&gt;autoClose&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::autoReset</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoReset-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the progress dialog calls &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#reset"&gt;reset&lt;/a&gt;() as soon as &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;() equals &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;The default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoClose-prop"&gt;autoClose&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setAutoReset"&gt;setAutoReset&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoReset"&gt;autoReset&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::labelText</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#labelText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label's text.
&lt;p&gt;The default text is &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setLabelText"&gt;setLabelText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#labelText"&gt;labelText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::minimumDuration</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#minimumDuration-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the time that must pass before the dialog appears.
&lt;p&gt;If the expected duration of the task is less than the
minimumDuration, the dialog will not appear at all. This prevents
the dialog popping up for tasks that are quickly over. For tasks
that are expected to exceed the minimumDuration, the dialog will
pop up after the minimumDuration time or as soon as any progress
is set.
&lt;p&gt; If set to 0, the dialog is always shown as soon as any progress is
set. The default is 4000 milliseconds.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setMinimumDuration"&gt;setMinimumDuration&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#minimumDuration"&gt;minimumDuration&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::progress</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current amount of progress made.
&lt;p&gt;For the progress dialog to work as expected, you should initially set
this property to 0 and finally set it to
&lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps"&gt;QProgressDialog::totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;(); you can call &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setProgress"&gt;setProgress&lt;/a&gt;() any number of times
in-between.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If the progress dialog is modal
(see &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#QProgressDialog"&gt;QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog&lt;/a&gt;()),
this function calls &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#processEvents"&gt;QApplication::processEvents&lt;/a&gt;(), so take care that
this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example,
don't use a QProgressDialog inside a &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paintEvent"&gt;paintEvent&lt;/a&gt;()!
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps-prop"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setProgress"&gt;setProgress&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::totalSteps</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the total number of steps.
&lt;p&gt;The default is 0.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setTotalSteps"&gt;setTotalSteps&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps"&gt;totalSteps&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::wasCanceled</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCanceled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dialog was canceled.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCanceled"&gt;wasCanceled&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress-prop"&gt;progress&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QProgressDialog::wasCancelled</name>
    <doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCancelled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the dialog was canceled.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; Use &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCanceled-prop"&gt;wasCanceled&lt;/a&gt; instead.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCancelled"&gt;wasCancelled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::autoDefault</name>
    <doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the push button is the auto default button.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE then the push button is the auto
default button in a dialog.
&lt;p&gt; In some GUI styles a default button is drawn with an extra frame
around it, up to 3 pixels or more. TQt automatically keeps this
space free around auto-default buttons, i.e. auto-default buttons
may have a slightly larger size hint.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is TRUE for buttons that have a &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt;
parent; otherwise it defaults to FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#default-prop"&gt;default&lt;/a&gt; property for details of how &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#default-prop"&gt;default&lt;/a&gt; and
auto-default interact.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setAutoDefault"&gt;setAutoDefault&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault"&gt;autoDefault&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::default</name>
    <doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#default-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the push button is the default button.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE then the push button will be
pressed if the user presses the Enter (or Return) key in a dialog.
&lt;p&gt; Regardless of focus, if the user presses Enter: If there is a
default button the default button is pressed; otherwise, if
there are one or more &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop"&gt;autoDefault&lt;/a&gt; buttons the first &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop"&gt;autoDefault&lt;/a&gt;
button that is next in the tab order is pressed. If there are no
default or &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop"&gt;autoDefault&lt;/a&gt; buttons only pressing Space on a button
with focus, mouse clicking, or using an accelerator will press a
button.
&lt;p&gt; In a dialog, only one push button at a time can be the default
button. This button is then displayed with an additional frame
(depending on the GUI style).
&lt;p&gt; The default button behavior is provided only in dialogs. Buttons
can always be clicked from the keyboard by pressing Enter (or
Return) or the Spacebar when the button has focus.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setDefault"&gt;setDefault&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#isDefault"&gt;isDefault&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::flat</name>
    <doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#flat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the border is disabled.
&lt;p&gt;This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setFlat"&gt;setFlat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#isFlat"&gt;isFlat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::iconSet</name>
    <doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#iconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set on the push button.
&lt;p&gt;This property will return 0 if the push button has no iconset.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setIconSet"&gt;setIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#iconSet"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QPushButton::menuButton</name>
    <doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#menuButton-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the push button has a menu button on it.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; If this property is set to TRUE, then a down arrow is drawn on the push
button to indicate that a menu will pop up if the user clicks on the
arrow.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqpushbutton.html#isMenuButton"&gt;isMenuButton&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QRadioButton::checked</name>
    <doc href="ntqradiobutton.html#checked-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the radio button is checked.
&lt;p&gt;This property will not effect any other radio buttons unless they
have been placed in the same &lt;a href="ntqbuttongroup.html"&gt;QButtonGroup&lt;/a&gt;. The default value is
FALSE (unchecked).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqradiobutton.html#setChecked"&gt;setChecked&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqradiobutton.html#isChecked"&gt;isChecked&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::draggingSlider</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#draggingSlider-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the user has clicked the mouse on the slider and is currently dragging it.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#draggingSlider"&gt;draggingSlider&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the line step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting lineStep, the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be
called if the new line step is different from the previous
setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#pageStep"&gt;QRangeControl::pageStep&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the scroll bar's maximum value.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QScrollBar::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is
adjusted if necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::minValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the scroll bar's minimum value.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QScrollBar::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is
adjusted if necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::orientation</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the orientation of the scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;The orientation must be &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;TQt::Vertical&lt;/a&gt; (the default) or &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;TQt::Horizontal&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::pageStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#pageStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the page step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting pageStep, the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be
called if the new page step is different from the previous
setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#lineStep-prop"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setPageStep"&gt;setPageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::tracking</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether scroll bar tracking is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If tracking is enabled (the default), the scroll bar emits the
&lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#valueChanged"&gt;valueChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal while the slider is being dragged. If
tracking is disabled, the scroll bar emits the valueChanged()
signal only when the user releases the mouse button after moving
the slider.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollBar::value</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the scroll bar's value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#value"&gt;QRangeControl::value&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#prevValue"&gt;prevValue&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsHeight</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the height of the contents area.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsHeight"&gt;contentsHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the contents area.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsWidth"&gt;contentsWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsX</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsX-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the X coordinate of the contents that are at the left edge of the viewport.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsX"&gt;contentsX&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::contentsY</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsY-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the Y coordinate of the contents that are at the top edge of the viewport.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsY"&gt;contentsY&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::dragAutoScroll</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#dragAutoScroll-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether autoscrolling in drag move events is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE (the default), the QScrollView
automatically scrolls the contents in drag move events if the user
moves the cursor close to a border of the view. Of course this
works only if the viewport accepts drops. Specifying FALSE
disables this autoscroll feature.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Enabling this property might not be enough to
effectively turn on autoscrolling. If you put a custom widget in
the QScrollView, you might need to call QDragEvent::ignore() on
the event in the &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#dragEnterEvent"&gt;dragEnterEvent&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#dragMoveEvent"&gt;dragMoveEvent&lt;/a&gt;()
reimplementations.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#setDragAutoScroll"&gt;setDragAutoScroll&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#dragAutoScroll"&gt;dragAutoScroll&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::hScrollBarMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the mode for the horizontal scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#ScrollBarMode-enum"&gt;QScrollView::Auto&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode-prop"&gt;vScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#setHScrollBarMode"&gt;setHScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode"&gt;hScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::resizePolicy</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#resizePolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the resize policy.
&lt;p&gt;The default is &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#ResizePolicy-enum"&gt;Default&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#ResizePolicy-enum"&gt;ResizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#setResizePolicy"&gt;setResizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#resizePolicy"&gt;resizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::vScrollBarMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the mode for the vertical scroll bar.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#ScrollBarMode-enum"&gt;QScrollView::Auto&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode-prop"&gt;hScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#setVScrollBarMode"&gt;setVScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode"&gt;vScrollBarMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::visibleHeight</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the vertical amount of the content that is visible.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleHeight"&gt;visibleHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QScrollView::visibleWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the horizontal amount of the content that is visible.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleWidth"&gt;visibleWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current line step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting lineStep, the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be
called if the new line step is different from the previous
setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#pageStep"&gt;QRangeControl::pageStep&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current maximum value of the slider.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QSlider::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted,
if necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::minValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current minimum value of the slider.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, the &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QSlider::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted,
if necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::orientation</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the slider's orientation.
&lt;p&gt;The orientation must be &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;TQt::Vertical&lt;/a&gt; (the default) or &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;TQt::Horizontal&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::pageStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#pageStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current page step.
&lt;p&gt;When setting pageStep, the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function will be
called if the new page step is different from the previous
setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#lineStep-prop"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setPageStep"&gt;setPageStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::tickInterval</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#tickInterval-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the interval between tickmarks.
&lt;p&gt;This is a value interval, not a pixel interval. If it is 0, the
slider will choose between &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#pageStep"&gt;pageStep&lt;/a&gt;(). The initial
value of tickInterval is 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#lineStep"&gt;QRangeControl::lineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#pageStep"&gt;QRangeControl::pageStep&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setTickInterval"&gt;setTickInterval&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#tickInterval"&gt;tickInterval&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::tickmarks</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#tickmarks-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the tickmark settings for this slider.
&lt;p&gt;The valid values are in &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#TickSetting-enum"&gt;QSlider::TickSetting&lt;/a&gt;. The default is
&lt;a href="ntqslider.html#TickSetting-enum"&gt;NoMarks&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#tickInterval-prop"&gt;tickInterval&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setTickmarks"&gt;setTickmarks&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#tickmarks"&gt;tickmarks&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::tracking</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#tracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether slider tracking is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;If tracking is enabled (the default), the slider emits the
&lt;a href="ntqslider.html#valueChanged"&gt;valueChanged&lt;/a&gt;() signal whenever the slider is being dragged. If
tracking is disabled, the slider emits the valueChanged() signal
when the user releases the mouse button (unless the value happens
to be the same as before).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setTracking"&gt;setTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#tracking"&gt;tracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSlider::value</name>
    <doc href="ntqslider.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current slider value.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqslider.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#value"&gt;QRangeControl::value&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#prevValue"&gt;prevValue&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::buttonSymbols</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#buttonSymbols-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current button symbol mode.
&lt;p&gt;The possible values can be either &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;UpDownArrows&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;PlusMinus&lt;/a&gt;.
The default is &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;UpDownArrows&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum"&gt;ButtonSymbols&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setButtonSymbols"&gt;setButtonSymbols&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#buttonSymbols"&gt;buttonSymbols&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::cleanText</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#cleanText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the spin box's text with no &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;() or leading or trailing whitespace.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#cleanText"&gt;cleanText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#text-prop"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::lineStep</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#lineStep-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the line step.
&lt;p&gt;When the user uses the arrows to change the spin box's value the
value will be incremented/decremented by the amount of the line
step.
&lt;p&gt; The &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() function calls the virtual &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange"&gt;stepChange&lt;/a&gt;() function
if the new line step is different from the previous setting.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps"&gt;QRangeControl::setSteps&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setLineStep"&gt;setLineStep&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#lineStep"&gt;lineStep&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum value of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue-prop"&gt;QSpinBox::minValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted, if
necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::minValue</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the minimum value of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;When setting this property, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;QSpinBox::maxValue&lt;/a&gt; is adjusted, if
necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::prefix</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the spin box's prefix.
&lt;p&gt;The prefix is prepended to the start of the displayed value.
Typical use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency
symbol. For example:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
        sb-&amp;gt;setPrefix( "$" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty
string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for
the &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;() if &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() is not empty.
&lt;p&gt; If no prefix is set, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() returns &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setPrefix"&gt;setPrefix&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::specialValueText</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the special-value text.
&lt;p&gt;If set, the spin box will display this text instead of a numeric
value whenever the current value is equal to minVal(). Typical use
is to indicate that this choice has a special (default) meaning.
&lt;p&gt; For example, if your spin box allows the user to choose the margin
width in a print dialog and your application is able to
automatically choose a good margin width, you can set up the spin
box like this:
&lt;pre&gt;
        QSpinBox marginBox( -1, 20, 1, parent, "marginBox" );
        marginBox-&amp;gt;&lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSuffix"&gt;setSuffix&lt;/a&gt;( " mm" );
        marginBox-&amp;gt;&lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText"&gt;setSpecialValueText&lt;/a&gt;( "Auto" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
The user will then be able to choose a margin width from 0-20
millimeters or select "Auto" to leave it to the application to
choose. Your code must then interpret the spin box value of -1 as
the user requesting automatic margin width.
&lt;p&gt; All values are displayed with the &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;() (if set),
&lt;em&gt;except&lt;/em&gt; for the special value, which only shows the special
value text.
&lt;p&gt; To turn off the special-value text display, call this function
with an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e.
the numeric value is shown as usual.
&lt;p&gt; If no special-value text is set, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() returns
&lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText"&gt;setSpecialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::suffix</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the suffix of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;The suffix is appended to the end of the displayed value. Typical
use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency symbol. For
example:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
        sb-&amp;gt;setSuffix( " km" );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty
string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for
the &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;() if &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText"&gt;specialValueText&lt;/a&gt;() is not empty.
&lt;p&gt; If no suffix is set, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;() returns a &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSuffix"&gt;setSuffix&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the spin box's text, including any &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix"&gt;prefix&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix"&gt;suffix&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;There is no default text.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#value-prop"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::value</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#value-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the value of the spin box.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setValue"&gt;setValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#value"&gt;value&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setValue"&gt;QRangeControl::setValue&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSpinBox::wrapping</name>
    <doc href="ntqspinbox.html#wrapping-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether it is possible to step the value from the highest value to the lowest value and vice versa.
&lt;p&gt;By default, wrapping is turned off.
&lt;p&gt; If you have a range of 0..100 and wrapping is off when the user
reaches 100 and presses the Up Arrow nothing will happen; but if
wrapping is on the value will change from 100 to 0, then to 1,
etc. When wrapping is on, navigating past the highest value takes
you to the lowest and vice versa.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue-prop"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#setWrapping"&gt;setWrapping&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html#wrapping"&gt;wrapping&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSplitter::childrenCollapsible</name>
    <doc href="ntqsplitter.html#childrenCollapsible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether child widgets can be resized down to size 0 by the user.
&lt;p&gt;By default, children are collapsible. It is possible to enable
and disable the collapsing of individual children; see
&lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#setCollapsible"&gt;setCollapsible&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#setChildrenCollapsible"&gt;setChildrenCollapsible&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#childrenCollapsible"&gt;childrenCollapsible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSplitter::handleWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqsplitter.html#handleWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the splitter handle.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#setHandleWidth"&gt;setHandleWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#handleWidth"&gt;handleWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSplitter::opaqueResize</name>
    <doc href="ntqsplitter.html#opaqueResize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether resizing is opaque.
&lt;p&gt;Opaque resizing is off by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#setOpaqueResize"&gt;setOpaqueResize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#opaqueResize"&gt;opaqueResize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSplitter::orientation</name>
    <doc href="ntqsplitter.html#orientation-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the orientation of the splitter.
&lt;p&gt;By default the orientation is horizontal (the widgets are side by
side). The possible orientations are &lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Horizontal&lt;/a&gt; and
&lt;a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum"&gt;Vertical&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#setOrientation"&gt;setOrientation&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsplitter.html#orientation"&gt;orientation&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::connectOptions</name>
    <doc href="ntqsqldatabase.html#connectOptions-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the database connect options.
&lt;p&gt;The format of the options string is a semi-colon separated list of
option names or option = value pairs. The options depend on the
database client used:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;center&gt;&lt;table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0"&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor="#a2c511"&gt; &lt;th valign="top"&gt;ODBC &lt;th valign="top"&gt;MySQL &lt;th valign="top"&gt;PostgreSQL
&lt;tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_CURRENT_CATALOG
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_METADATA_ID
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_PACKET_SIZE
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_TRACEFILE
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_TRACE
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_COMPRESS
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_SSL
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_ODBC
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA
&lt;li&gt; CLIENT_INTERACTIVE
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; connect_timeout
&lt;li&gt; options
&lt;li&gt; tty
&lt;li&gt; requiressl
&lt;li&gt; service
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;tr bgcolor="#a2c511"&gt; &lt;th valign="top"&gt;DB2 &lt;th valign="top"&gt;OCI &lt;th valign="top"&gt;TDS
&lt;tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE
&lt;li&gt; SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;
&lt;em&gt;none&lt;/em&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;td valign="top"&gt;
&lt;em&gt;none&lt;/em&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/table&gt;&lt;/center&gt;
&lt;p&gt; Example of usage:
&lt;pre&gt;
    ...
    // MySQL connection
    db-&amp;gt;setConnectOptions( "CLIENT_SSL;CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE" ); // use an SSL connection to the server
    if ( !db-&amp;gt;open() ) {
        db-&amp;gt;setConnectOptions(); // clears the connect option string
        ...
    }
    ...
    // PostgreSQL connection
    db-&amp;gt;setConnectOptions( "requiressl=1" ); // enable PostgreSQL SSL connections
    if ( !db-&amp;gt;open() ) {
        db-&amp;gt;setConnectOptions(); // clear options
        ...
    }
    ...
    // ODBC connection
    db-&amp;gt;setConnectOptions( "SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE=SQL_MODE_READ_ONLY;SQL_ATTR_TRACE=SQL_OPT_TRACE_ON" ); // set ODBC options
    if ( !db-&amp;gt;open() ) {
        db-&amp;gt;setConnectOptions(); // don't try to set this option
        ...
    }
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; Please refer to the client library documentation for more
information about the different options. The options will be set
prior to opening the database connection. Setting new options
without re-opening the connection does nothing.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#setConnectOptions"&gt;setConnectOptions&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#connectOptions"&gt;connectOptions&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::databaseName</name>
    <doc href="ntqsqldatabase.html#databaseName-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the database.
&lt;p&gt;Note that the database name is the TNS Service Name for the &lt;a href="sql-driver.html#QOCI8"&gt;QOCI8&lt;/a&gt;
(Oracle) driver.
&lt;p&gt; For the &lt;a href="sql-driver.html#QODBC3"&gt;QODBC3&lt;/a&gt; driver it can either be a DSN, a DSN filename (the
file must have a &lt;tt&gt;.dsn&lt;/tt&gt; extension), or a connection string. MS
Access users can for example use the following connection string
to open a &lt;tt&gt;.mdb&lt;/tt&gt; file directly, instead of having to create a DSN
entry in the ODBC manager:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    ...
    db = QSqlDatabase::&lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#addDatabase"&gt;addDatabase&lt;/a&gt;( "QODBC3" );
    db-&amp;gt;setDatabaseName( "DRIVER={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};FIL={MS Access};DBQ=myaccessfile.mdb" );
    if ( db-&amp;gt;open() ) {
        // success!
    }
    ...
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
("FIL" is the required spelling in Microsoft's API.)
&lt;p&gt; There is no default value.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#setDatabaseName"&gt;setDatabaseName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#databaseName"&gt;databaseName&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::hostName</name>
    <doc href="ntqsqldatabase.html#hostName-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the host name where the database resides.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#setHostName"&gt;setHostName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#hostName"&gt;hostName&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::password</name>
    <doc href="ntqsqldatabase.html#password-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the password used to connect to the database.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; This function stores the password in plain text within
Qt. Use the &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#open"&gt;open&lt;/a&gt;() call that takes a password as parameter to
avoid this behaviour.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#open"&gt;open&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#setPassword"&gt;setPassword&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#password"&gt;password&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::port</name>
    <doc href="ntqsqldatabase.html#port-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the port used to connect to the database.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#setPort"&gt;setPort&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#port"&gt;port&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QSqlDatabase::userName</name>
    <doc href="ntqsqldatabase.html#userName-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the user name connected to the database.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default value.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#setUserName"&gt;setUserName&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqsqldatabase.html#userName"&gt;userName&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QStatusBar::sizeGripEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqstatusbar.html#sizeGripEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the &lt;a href="ntqsizegrip.html"&gt;QSizeGrip&lt;/a&gt; in the bottom right of the status bar is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;Enables or disables the QSizeGrip in the bottom right of the
status bar. By default, the size grip is enabled.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqstatusbar.html#setSizeGripEnabled"&gt;setSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqstatusbar.html#isSizeGripEnabled"&gt;isSizeGripEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabbar.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#tab"&gt;tab&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::currentTab</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabbar.html#currentTab-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the id of the tab bar's visible tab.
&lt;p&gt;If no tab page is currently visible, the property's value is -1.
Even if the property's value is not -1, you cannot assume that the
user can see the relevant page, or that the tab is enabled. When
you need to display something the value of this property
represents the best page to display.
&lt;p&gt; When this property is set to &lt;em&gt;id&lt;/em&gt;, it will raise the tab with the
id &lt;em&gt;id&lt;/em&gt; and emit the &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#selected"&gt;selected&lt;/a&gt;() signal.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#selected"&gt;selected&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#isTabEnabled"&gt;isTabEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#setCurrentTab"&gt;setCurrentTab&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#currentTab"&gt;currentTab&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::keyboardFocusTab</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabbar.html#keyboardFocusTab-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the id of the tab that has the &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt;This property contains the id of the tab that has the keyboard
focus or -1 if the tab bar does not have the keyboard focus.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#keyboardFocusTab"&gt;keyboardFocusTab&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabBar::shape</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabbar.html#shape-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the shape of the tabs in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;The value of this property is one of the following: &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;RoundedAbove&lt;/a&gt; (default), &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;RoundedBelow&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;TriangularAbove&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;TriangularBelow&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum"&gt;Shape&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#setShape"&gt;setShape&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#shape"&gt;shape&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::currentPage</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#currentPage-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the index position of the current tab page.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setCurrentPage"&gt;setCurrentPage&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#currentPageIndex"&gt;currentPageIndex&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtabbar.html#currentTab-prop"&gt;QTabBar::currentTab&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::margin</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#margin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the margin in this tab widget.
&lt;p&gt;The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the
frame and the outermost pixel of the pages.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setMargin"&gt;setMargin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#margin"&gt;margin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::tabPosition</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabPosition-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the tabs in this tab widget.
&lt;p&gt;Possible values for this property are &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum"&gt;QTabWidget::Top&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum"&gt;QTabWidget::Bottom&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum"&gt;TabPosition&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setTabPosition"&gt;setTabPosition&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabPosition"&gt;tabPosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTabWidget::tabShape</name>
    <doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabShape-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the shape of the tabs in this tab widget.
&lt;p&gt;Possible values for this property are &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum"&gt;QTabWidget::Rounded&lt;/a&gt;
(default) or &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum"&gt;QTabWidget::Triangular&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum"&gt;TabShape&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setTabShape"&gt;setTabShape&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabShape"&gt;tabShape&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::columnMovingEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#columnMovingEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether columns can be moved by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE. Columns are moved by dragging whilst holding
down the Ctrl key.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user
interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by
&lt;a href="ntqheader.html"&gt;QHeader&lt;/a&gt; will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e.,
QTable does not call &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#moveSection"&gt;QHeader::moveSection&lt;/a&gt;() to move sections but handles
move operations internally.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#rowMovingEnabled-prop"&gt;rowMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setColumnMovingEnabled"&gt;setColumnMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#columnMovingEnabled"&gt;columnMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::focusStyle</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#focusStyle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds how the current (focus) cell is drawn.
&lt;p&gt;The default style is &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#FocusStyle-enum"&gt;SpreadSheet&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#FocusStyle-enum"&gt;QTable::FocusStyle&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setFocusStyle"&gt;setFocusStyle&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#focusStyle"&gt;focusStyle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::numCols</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#numCols-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of columns in the table.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setNumCols"&gt;setNumCols&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#numCols"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#numRows-prop"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::numRows</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#numRows-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of rows in the table.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setNumRows"&gt;setNumRows&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#numRows"&gt;numRows&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#numCols-prop"&gt;numCols&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::numSelections</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#numSelections-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of selections.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#numSelections"&gt;numSelections&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#currentSelection"&gt;currentSelection&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#readOnly-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the table is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on
the cell's &lt;a href="qtableitem.html#EditType-enum"&gt;EditType&lt;/a&gt;, and this setting:
see &lt;a href="qtableitem.html#wheneditable"&gt;QTableItem::EditType&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;TQWidget::enabled&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setColumnReadOnly"&gt;setColumnReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setRowReadOnly"&gt;setRowReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::rowMovingEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#rowMovingEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether rows can be moved by the user.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE. Rows are moved by dragging whilst holding
down the Ctrl key.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user
interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by
&lt;a href="ntqheader.html"&gt;QHeader&lt;/a&gt; will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e.,
QTable does not call &lt;a href="ntqheader.html#moveSection"&gt;QHeader::moveSection&lt;/a&gt;() to move sections but handles
move operations internally.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#columnMovingEnabled-prop"&gt;columnMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setRowMovingEnabled"&gt;setRowMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#rowMovingEnabled"&gt;rowMovingEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::selectionMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#selectionMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current selection mode.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;Multi&lt;/a&gt; which allows the user to select
multiple ranges of cells.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#SelectionMode-enum"&gt;SelectionMode&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#selectionMode-prop"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setSelectionMode"&gt;setSelectionMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#selectionMode"&gt;selectionMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::showGrid</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#showGrid-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the table's grid is displayed.
&lt;p&gt;The grid is shown by default.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setShowGrid"&gt;setShowGrid&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#showGrid"&gt;showGrid&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTable::sorting</name>
    <doc href="ntqtable.html#sorting-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether a click on the header of a column sorts that column.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#setSorting"&gt;setSorting&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#sorting"&gt;sorting&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtable.html#sortColumn"&gt;sortColumn&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextBrowser::source</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextbrowser.html#source-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the name of the displayed document.
&lt;p&gt;This is a &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt; if no document is displayed or if the
source is unknown.
&lt;p&gt; Setting this property uses the &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#mimeSourceFactory"&gt;mimeSourceFactory&lt;/a&gt;() to lookup the
named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls
the document accordingly.
&lt;p&gt; If the first tag in the document is &lt;tt&gt;&amp;lt;qt type=detail&amp;gt;&lt;/tt&gt;, the
document is displayed as a popup rather than as new document in
the browser window itself. Otherwise, the document is displayed
normally in the text browser with the text set to the contents of
the named document with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; If you are using the filesystem access capabilities of the mime
source factory, you must ensure that the factory knows about the
encoding of specified files; otherwise no data will be available.
The default factory handles a couple of common file extensions
such as &lt;tt&gt;*.html&lt;/tt&gt; and &lt;tt&gt;*.txt&lt;/tt&gt; with reasonable defaults. See
&lt;a href="qmimesourcefactory.html#data"&gt;QMimeSourceFactory::data&lt;/a&gt;() for details.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextbrowser.html#setSource"&gt;setSource&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextbrowser.html#source"&gt;source&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::autoFormatting</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#autoFormatting-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the enabled set of auto formatting features.
&lt;p&gt;The value can be any combination of the values in the &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum"&gt;AutoFormatting&lt;/a&gt; enum.  The default is &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum"&gt;AutoAll&lt;/a&gt;. Choose &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum"&gt;AutoNone&lt;/a&gt;
to disable all automatic formatting.
&lt;p&gt; Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum"&gt;AutoBulletList&lt;/a&gt;; future versions of TQt may offer more.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setAutoFormatting"&gt;setAutoFormatting&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#autoFormatting"&gt;autoFormatting&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::documentTitle</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#documentTitle-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the title of the document parsed from the text.
&lt;p&gt;For &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; the title will be an empty string. For &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;RichText&lt;/a&gt; the title will be the text between the &lt;tt&gt;&amp;lt;title&amp;gt;&lt;/tt&gt; tags,
if present, otherwise an empty string.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#documentTitle"&gt;documentTitle&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::hasSelectedText</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether some text is selected in selection 0.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#hasSelectedText"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::length</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#length-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of characters in the text.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#length"&gt;length&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::linkUnderline</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#linkUnderline-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether hypertext links will be underlined.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
underlined. If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setLinkUnderline"&gt;setLinkUnderline&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#linkUnderline"&gt;linkUnderline&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::modified</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#modified-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the document has been modified by the user.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setModified"&gt;setModified&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#isModified"&gt;isModified&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::overwriteMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#overwriteMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text edit's overwrite mode.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
position.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setOverwriteMode"&gt;setOverwriteMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#isOverwriteMode"&gt;isOverwriteMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::paper</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#paper-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the background (paper) brush.
&lt;p&gt;The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setPaper"&gt;setPaper&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#paper"&gt;paper&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::readOnly</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#readOnly-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the text edit is read-only.
&lt;p&gt;In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setReadOnly"&gt;setReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#isReadOnly"&gt;isReadOnly&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::selectedText</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#selectedText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
&lt;p&gt;The text is always returned as &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; if the &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;() is
&lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop"&gt;hasSelectedText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#selectedText"&gt;selectedText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::tabChangesFocus</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#tabChangesFocus-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input.
&lt;p&gt;In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; 
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setTabChangesFocus"&gt;setTabChangesFocus&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#tabChangesFocus"&gt;tabChangesFocus&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::tabStopWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#tabStopWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the tab stop width in pixels.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setTabStopWidth"&gt;setTabStopWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#tabStopWidth"&gt;tabStopWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::text</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#text-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text edit's text.
&lt;p&gt;There is no default text.
&lt;p&gt; On setting, any previous text is deleted.
&lt;p&gt; The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
depending on the &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;(). The default setting is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;AutoText&lt;/a&gt;,
i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
&lt;p&gt; For richtext, calling &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;() on an editable QTextEdit will cause
the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
the &lt;a href="ntqstring.html"&gt;TQString&lt;/a&gt; returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
was set.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat-prop"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setText"&gt;setText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#text"&gt;text&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::textFormat</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
&lt;p&gt;The text format is one of the following:
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt; PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
paragraph.
&lt;li&gt; RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
defined in the default stylesheet &lt;a href="ntqstylesheet.html#defaultSheet"&gt;QStyleSheet::defaultSheet&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;li&gt; LogText -  optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
settings).
&lt;li&gt; AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
rendering style is best, &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;PlainText&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum"&gt;RichText&lt;/a&gt;. This is done
by using the &lt;a href="ntqstylesheet.html#mightBeRichText"&gt;QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText&lt;/a&gt;() function.
&lt;/ul&gt;

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setTextFormat"&gt;setTextFormat&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat"&gt;textFormat&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::undoDepth</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#undoDepth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the depth of the undo history.
&lt;p&gt;The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
is 100.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#undo"&gt;undo&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#redo"&gt;redo&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setUndoDepth"&gt;setUndoDepth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#undoDepth"&gt;undoDepth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#undoRedoEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether undo/redo is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
&lt;p&gt; The default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setUndoRedoEnabled"&gt;setUndoRedoEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#isUndoRedoEnabled"&gt;isUndoRedoEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::wordWrap</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the word wrap mode.
&lt;p&gt;The default mode is &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;WidgetWidth&lt;/a&gt; which causes words to be
wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
occur within words use &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapPolicy"&gt;setWrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;(). If you set a wrap mode of
&lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedPixelWidth&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedColumnWidth&lt;/a&gt; you should also call
&lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;setWrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;() with the width you want.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;WordWrap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop"&gt;wrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWordWrap"&gt;setWordWrap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped.
&lt;p&gt;If the wrap mode is &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedPixelWidth&lt;/a&gt;, the value is the number of
pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
wrapped. If the wrap mode is &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;FixedColumnWidth&lt;/a&gt;, the value is the
column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
text edit at which text should be wrapped.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;setWrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth"&gt;wrapColumnOrWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTextEdit::wrapPolicy</name>
    <doc href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere.
&lt;p&gt;Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum"&gt;NoWrap&lt;/a&gt;. The choices are &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;AtWordBoundary&lt;/a&gt; (the default), &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;Anywhere&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum"&gt;AtWordOrDocumentBoundary&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop"&gt;wordWrap&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapPolicy"&gt;setWrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapPolicy"&gt;wrapPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::autoAdvance</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#autoAdvance-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the editor automatically advances to the next section.
&lt;p&gt;If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance
focus to the next time section if a user has completed a section.
The default is FALSE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setAutoAdvance"&gt;setAutoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#autoAdvance"&gt;autoAdvance&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::display</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#display-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the sections that are displayed in the time edit.
&lt;p&gt;The value can be any combination of the values in the Display enum.
By default, the widget displays hours, minutes and seconds.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setDisplay"&gt;setDisplay&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#display"&gt;display&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::maxValue</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the maximum time value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the maximum time value is equivalent to calling
&lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange"&gt;QTimeEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; ), where &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; is the maximum
time. The default maximum time is 23:59:59.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue-prop"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setMaxValue"&gt;setMaxValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::minValue</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#minValue-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the minimum time value.
&lt;p&gt;Setting the minimum time value is equivalent to calling
&lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange"&gt;QTimeEdit::setRange&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;() ), where &lt;em&gt;t&lt;/em&gt; is the minimum
time. The default minimum time is 00:00:00.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue-prop"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange"&gt;setRange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setMinValue"&gt;setMinValue&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QTimeEdit::time</name>
    <doc href="qtimeedit.html#time-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the editor's time value.
&lt;p&gt;When changing the time property, if the time is less than
&lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue"&gt;minValue&lt;/a&gt;(), or is greater than &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue"&gt;maxValue&lt;/a&gt;(), nothing happens.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#setTime"&gt;setTime&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtimeedit.html#time"&gt;time&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolBar::label</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbar.html#label-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the toolbar's label.
&lt;p&gt;If the toolbar is floated the label becomes the toolbar window's
caption. There is no default label text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbar.html#setLabel"&gt;setLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbar.html#label"&gt;label&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolBox::count</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbox.html#count-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the number of items contained in the toolbox.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbox.html#count"&gt;count&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolBox::currentIndex</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbox.html#currentIndex-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the index of the current item, or -1 if the toolbox is empty.
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbox.html#setCurrentIndex"&gt;setCurrentIndex&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbox.html#currentIndex"&gt;currentIndex&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtoolbox.html#currentItem"&gt;currentItem&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqtoolbox.html#indexOf"&gt;indexOf&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqtoolbox.html#item"&gt;item&lt;/a&gt;().

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::autoRaise</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#autoRaise-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether auto-raising is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;The default is disabled (i.e. FALSE).

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setAutoRaise"&gt;setAutoRaise&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#autoRaise"&gt;autoRaise&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::iconSet</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set providing the icon shown on the button.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property sets &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#pixmap-prop"&gt;QToolButton::pixmap&lt;/a&gt; to a null
pixmap. There is no default iconset.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#pixmap-prop"&gt;pixmap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#toggleButton-prop"&gt;toggleButton&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#on-prop"&gt;on&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setIconSet"&gt;setIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::offIconSet</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#offIconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set that is used when the button is in an "off" state.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; Since TQt 3.0, &lt;a href="ntqiconset.html"&gt;QIconSet&lt;/a&gt; contains both the On and Off icons. There is
now an &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; property that replaces both &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#onIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::onIconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#offIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::offIconSet&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; For ease of porting, this property is a synonym for &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt;. You probably want to go over your application
code and use the QIconSet On/Off mechanism.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqiconset.html#State-enum"&gt;QIconSet::State&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setOffIconSet"&gt;setOffIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#offIconSet"&gt;offIconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::onIconSet</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#onIconSet-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the icon set that is used when the button is in an "on" state.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; Since TQt 3.0, &lt;a href="ntqiconset.html"&gt;QIconSet&lt;/a&gt; contains both the On and Off icons. There is
now an &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt; property that replaces both &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#onIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::onIconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#offIconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::offIconSet&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; For ease of porting, this property is a synonym for &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;QToolButton::iconSet&lt;/a&gt;. You probably want to go over your application
code and use the QIconSet On/Off mechanism.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop"&gt;iconSet&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqiconset.html#State-enum"&gt;QIconSet::State&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setOnIconSet"&gt;setOnIconSet&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#onIconSet"&gt;onIconSet&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::popupDelay</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#popupDelay-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the time delay between pressing the button and the appearance of the associated popup menu in milliseconds.
&lt;p&gt;Usually this is around half a second. A value of 0 draws the down
arrow button to the side of the button which can be used to open
up the popup menu.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setPopup"&gt;setPopup&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setPopupDelay"&gt;setPopupDelay&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#popupDelay"&gt;popupDelay&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::textLabel</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textLabel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the label of this button.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property automatically sets the text as a tool tip
too. There is no default text.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setTextLabel"&gt;setTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textLabel"&gt;textLabel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::textPosition</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textPosition-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the text label of this button.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setTextPosition"&gt;setTextPosition&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textPosition"&gt;textPosition&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::usesBigPixmap</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesBigPixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this toolbutton uses big pixmaps.
&lt;p&gt;QToolButton automatically connects this property to the relevant
signal in the &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html"&gt;QMainWindow&lt;/a&gt; in which it resides. We strongly
recommend that you use &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setUsesBigPixmaps"&gt;QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps&lt;/a&gt;() instead.
&lt;p&gt; This property's default is TRUE.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; If you set some buttons (in a QMainWindow) to have big
pixmaps and others to have small pixmaps, QMainWindow may not get
the geometry right.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setUsesBigPixmap"&gt;setUsesBigPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesBigPixmap"&gt;usesBigPixmap&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolButton::usesTextLabel</name>
    <doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the toolbutton displays a text label below the button pixmap.
&lt;p&gt;The default is FALSE.
&lt;p&gt; QToolButton automatically connects this slot to the relevant
signal in the &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html"&gt;QMainWindow&lt;/a&gt; in which is resides.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setUsesTextLabel"&gt;setUsesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel"&gt;usesTextLabel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolTipGroup::delay</name>
    <doc href="qtooltipgroup.html#delay-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the display of the group text is delayed.
&lt;p&gt;If set to TRUE (the default), the group text is displayed at the
same time as the tool tip. Otherwise, the group text is displayed
immediately when the cursor enters the widget.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#setDelay"&gt;setDelay&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#delay"&gt;delay&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QToolTipGroup::enabled</name>
    <doc href="qtooltipgroup.html#enabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether tool tips in the group are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;This property's default is TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#setEnabled"&gt;setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="qtooltipgroup.html#enabled"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::acceptDrops</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether drop events are enabled for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this
widget &lt;em&gt;may&lt;/em&gt; be able to accept drop events.
&lt;p&gt; If the widget is the desktop (&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop"&gt;TQWidget::isDesktop&lt;/a&gt;()), this may
fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops"&gt;acceptDrops&lt;/a&gt;() to test if this occurs.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt;
Do not modify this property in a Drag&amp;Drop event handler.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setAcceptDrops"&gt;setAcceptDrops&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#acceptDrops"&gt;acceptDrops&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::autoMask</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#autoMask-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region.
TQWidget has some built-in support to make the task of
recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE,
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#updateMask"&gt;updateMask&lt;/a&gt;() will be called whenever the widget is resized or
changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement
updateMask() (which should include a call to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMask"&gt;setMask&lt;/a&gt;()) or nothing
will happen.
&lt;p&gt; Note: when you re-implement &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent"&gt;focusInEvent&lt;/a&gt;() or
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent"&gt;focusOutEvent&lt;/a&gt;() in your custom widgets and still want to ensure
that the auto mask calculation works, you should add:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
        if ( &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#autoMask"&gt;autoMask&lt;/a&gt;() )
            &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#updateMask"&gt;updateMask&lt;/a&gt;();
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; at the end of your event handlers. This is true for all member
functions that change the appearance of the widget in a way that
requires a recalculation of the mask.
&lt;p&gt; While being a technically appealing concept, masks have a big
drawback: when using complex masks that cannot be expressed easily
with relatively simple regions, they can be very slow on some
window systems. The classic example is a transparent label. The
complex shape of its contents makes it necessary to represent its
mask by a bitmap, which consumes both memory and time. If all you
want is to blend the background of several neighboring widgets
together seamlessly, you will probably want to use
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin"&gt;setBackgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;() rather than a mask.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#updateMask"&gt;updateMask&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMask"&gt;setMask&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#clearMask"&gt;clearMask&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop"&gt;backgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setAutoMask"&gt;setAutoMask&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#autoMask"&gt;autoMask&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::backgroundBrush</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's background brush.
&lt;p&gt;The background brush depends on a widget's palette and its
background mode.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundColor"&gt;backgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundPixmap"&gt;backgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#eraseColor"&gt;eraseColor&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#setPalette"&gt;QApplication::setPalette&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundBrush"&gt;backgroundBrush&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::backgroundMode</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the color role used for painting the background of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which
entry of the &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt; to set.
&lt;p&gt; For most widgets the default suffices (&lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteBackground&lt;/a&gt;,
typically gray), but some need to use &lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteBase&lt;/a&gt; (the
background color for text output, typically white) or another
role.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqlistbox.html"&gt;QListBox&lt;/a&gt;, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast
with its environment, does this in its constructor:
&lt;p&gt; &lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteBase&lt;/a&gt; );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; You will never need to set the background mode of a built-in
widget in Qt, but you might consider setting it in your custom
widgets, so that &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;() works as expected.
&lt;p&gt; Note that two of the BackgroundMode values make no sense for
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;(), namely &lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;FixedPixmap&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;FixedColor&lt;/a&gt;. You
must call &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and setPaletteBackgroundColor()
instead.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::backgroundOrigin</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the origin of the widget's background.
&lt;p&gt;The origin is either WidgetOrigin (the default), ParentOrigin,
WindowOrigin or AncestorOrigin.
&lt;p&gt; This only makes a difference if the widget has a background
pixmap, in which case positioning matters. Using &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin-enum"&gt;WindowOrigin&lt;/a&gt;
for several neighboring widgets makes the background blend
together seamlessly. &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin-enum"&gt;AncestorOrigin&lt;/a&gt; allows blending backgrounds
seamlessly when an ancestor of the widget has an origin other than
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin-enum"&gt;WindowOrigin&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundPixmap"&gt;backgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin"&gt;setBackgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin"&gt;backgroundOrigin&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::baseSize</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#baseSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the base size of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the
widget defines &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBaseSize"&gt;setBaseSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::caption</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#caption-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the window caption (title).
&lt;p&gt;This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no
caption has been set, the caption is &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#icon-prop"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop"&gt;iconText&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setCaption"&gt;setCaption&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#caption"&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::childrenRect</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the bounding rectangle of the widget's children.
&lt;p&gt;Hidden children are excluded.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop"&gt;childrenRegion&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#childrenRect"&gt;childrenRect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::childrenRegion</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the combined region occupied by the widget's children.
&lt;p&gt;Hidden children are excluded.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop"&gt;childrenRect&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#childrenRegion"&gt;childrenRegion&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::colorGroup</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the current color group of the widget palette.
&lt;p&gt;The color group is determined by the state of the widget. A
disabled widget has the &lt;a href="ntqpalette.html#disabled"&gt;QPalette::disabled&lt;/a&gt;() color group, a widget
with &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt; has the &lt;a href="ntqpalette.html#active"&gt;QPalette::active&lt;/a&gt;() color group, and an
inactive widget has the &lt;a href="ntqpalette.html#inactive"&gt;QPalette::inactive&lt;/a&gt;() color group.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#colorGroup"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::cursor</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the cursor shape for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this
widget. See the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#CursorShape-enum"&gt;list of predefined cursor
    objects&lt;/a&gt; for a range of useful shapes.
&lt;p&gt; An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor:
&lt;pre&gt;
        &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setCursor"&gt;setCursor&lt;/a&gt;( &lt;a href="ntqt.html#CursorShape-enum"&gt;IbeamCursor&lt;/a&gt; );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; If no cursor has been set, or after a call to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetCursor"&gt;unsetCursor&lt;/a&gt;(), the
parent's cursor is used. The function unsetCursor() has no effect
on top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#setOverrideCursor"&gt;QApplication::setOverrideCursor&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setCursor"&gt;setCursor&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#cursor"&gt;cursor&lt;/a&gt;(), and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetCursor"&gt;unsetCursor&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::customWhatsThis</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually.
&lt;p&gt;The default implementation of &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis"&gt;customWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;() returns FALSE,
which means the widget will not receive any events in Whats This
mode.
&lt;p&gt; The widget may leave What's This mode by calling
&lt;a href="ntqwhatsthis.html#leaveWhatsThisMode"&gt;QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode&lt;/a&gt;(), with or without actually
displaying any help text.
&lt;p&gt; You can also reimplement customWhatsThis() if your widget is a
"passive interactor" supposed to work under all circumstances.
Simply don't call QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode() in that case.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwhatsthis.html#inWhatsThisMode"&gt;QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqwhatsthis.html#leaveWhatsThisMode"&gt;QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#customWhatsThis"&gt;customWhatsThis&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::enabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is enabled.
&lt;p&gt;An enabled widget receives keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
widget does not. In fact, an enabled widget only receives keyboard
events when it is in focus.
&lt;p&gt; Some widgets display themselves differently when they are
disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If
your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you
can reimplement the &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabledChange"&gt;enabledChange&lt;/a&gt;() function.
&lt;p&gt; Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
explicitly disabled.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isEnabledTo"&gt;isEnabledTo&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="qkeyevent.html"&gt;QKeyEvent&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="qmouseevent.html"&gt;QMouseEvent&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabledChange"&gt;enabledChange&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setEnabled"&gt;setEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isEnabled"&gt;isEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::focus</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#focus-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus.
&lt;p&gt;Effectively equivalent to &lt;tt&gt;qApp-&amp;gt;focusWidget() == this&lt;/tt&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocus"&gt;setFocus&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#clearFocus"&gt;clearFocus&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#focusWidget"&gt;QApplication::focusWidget&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hasFocus"&gt;hasFocus&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::focusEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget accepts &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt;Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() ==
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum"&gt;TQWidget::NoFocus&lt;/a&gt;).
&lt;p&gt; You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
constructor. For instance, the &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html"&gt;QLineEdit&lt;/a&gt; constructor calls
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy"&gt;setFocusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;(TQWidget::StrongFocus).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent"&gt;focusInEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent"&gt;focusOutEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent"&gt;keyPressEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent"&gt;keyReleaseEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled"&gt;isFocusEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::focusPolicy</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the way the widget accepts &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt;The policy is &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum"&gt;TQWidget::TabFocus&lt;/a&gt; if the widget accepts keyboard
focus by tabbing, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum"&gt;TQWidget::ClickFocus&lt;/a&gt; if the widget accepts
focus by clicking, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum"&gt;TQWidget::StrongFocus&lt;/a&gt; if it accepts both, and
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum"&gt;TQWidget::NoFocus&lt;/a&gt; (the default) if it does not accept focus at
all.
&lt;p&gt; You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
constructor. For instance, the &lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html"&gt;QLineEdit&lt;/a&gt; constructor calls
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy"&gt;setFocusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;(TQWidget::StrongFocus).
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop"&gt;focusEnabled&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusInEvent"&gt;focusInEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusOutEvent"&gt;focusOutEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#keyPressEvent"&gt;keyPressEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent"&gt;keyReleaseEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#enabled-prop"&gt;enabled&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy"&gt;setFocusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#focusPolicy"&gt;focusPolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::font</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#font-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the font currently set for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#fontInfo"&gt;fontInfo&lt;/a&gt;() function reports the actual font that is being used
by the widget.
&lt;p&gt; As long as no special font has been set, or after &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetFont"&gt;unsetFont&lt;/a&gt;() is
called, this is either a special font for the widget class, the
parent's font or (if this widget is a top level widget), the
default application font.
&lt;p&gt; This code fragment sets a 12 point helvetica bold font:
&lt;pre&gt;
    &lt;a href="ntqfont.html"&gt;QFont&lt;/a&gt; f( "Helvetica", 12, QFont::Bold );
    &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFont"&gt;setFont&lt;/a&gt;( f );
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; In addition to setting the font, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFont"&gt;setFont&lt;/a&gt;() informs all children
about the change.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#fontChange"&gt;fontChange&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#fontInfo"&gt;fontInfo&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#fontMetrics"&gt;fontMetrics&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop"&gt;ownFont&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setFont"&gt;setFont&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#font"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;(), and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetFont"&gt;unsetFont&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::frameGeometry</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#y-prop"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::frameSize</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#frameSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the size of the widget including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#frameSize"&gt;frameSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::fullScreen</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is full screen.
&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isFullScreen"&gt;isFullScreen&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#windowState"&gt;windowState&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop"&gt;minimized&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop"&gt;maximized&lt;/a&gt;.

</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::geometry</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame.
&lt;p&gt;When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a
move event (&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#moveEvent"&gt;moveEvent&lt;/a&gt;()) and/or a resize event (&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;())
immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
&lt;p&gt; The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range
defined by &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() is virtual, and all other overloaded setGeometry()
implementations in TQt call it.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
can lead to infinite recursion.
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#rect-prop"&gt;rect&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#moveEvent"&gt;moveEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::height</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#height-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the height of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width-prop"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::hidden</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is explicitly hidden.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
ancestors became visible.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#visible-prop"&gt;visible&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isVisibleTo"&gt;isVisibleTo&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#shown-prop"&gt;shown&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setHidden"&gt;setHidden&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isHidden"&gt;isHidden&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::icon</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#icon-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's icon.
&lt;p&gt;This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
has been set, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#icon"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;() returns 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop"&gt;iconText&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#caption-prop"&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="appicon.html"&gt;Setting the Application Icon&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setIcon"&gt;setIcon&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#icon"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::iconText</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#iconText-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's icon text.
&lt;p&gt;This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
text has been set, this functions returns &lt;a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null"&gt;TQString::null&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#icon-prop"&gt;icon&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#caption-prop"&gt;caption&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setIconText"&gt;setIconText&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#iconText"&gt;iconText&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::inputMethodEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;Most Widgets (as eg. buttons) that do not handle text input should have
the input method disabled if they have focus. This is the default.
&lt;p&gt; If a widget handles text input it should set this property to TRUE.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setInputMethodEnabled"&gt;setInputMethodEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isInputMethodEnabled"&gt;isInputMethodEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::isActiveWindow</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget is the active window.
&lt;p&gt;The active window is the window that contains the widget
that has &lt;a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus"&gt;keyboard focus&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;p&gt; When popup windows are visible, this property is TRUE for both the
active window &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; for the popup.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setActiveWindow"&gt;setActiveWindow&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#activeWindow"&gt;QApplication::activeWindow&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isActiveWindow"&gt;isActiveWindow&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::isDesktop</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop.
&lt;p&gt;A desktop widget is also a top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#desktop"&gt;QApplication::desktop&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop"&gt;isDesktop&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::isDialog</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a dialog widget.
&lt;p&gt;A dialog widget is a secondary top-level widget, i.e. a top-level
widget with a parent.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDialog"&gt;isDialog&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::isModal</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a modal widget.
&lt;p&gt;This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. A modal
widget prevents widgets in all other top-level widgets from
getting any input.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop"&gt;isDialog&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isModal"&gt;isModal&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::isPopup</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a popup widget.
&lt;p&gt;A popup widget is created by specifying the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags"&gt;widget flag&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags-enum"&gt;WType_Popup&lt;/a&gt; to the widget constructor. A popup widget is also a
top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isPopup"&gt;isPopup&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::isTopLevel</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is a top-level widget.
&lt;p&gt;A top-level widget is a widget which usually has a frame and a
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#caption-prop"&gt;caption (title)&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isPopup"&gt;Popup&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop"&gt;desktop&lt;/a&gt; widgets are also top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; A top-level widget can have a &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#parentWidget"&gt;parent
    widget&lt;/a&gt;. It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted
when the parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized
etc. If supported by the window manager, it will also have a
common taskbar entry with its parent.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqdialog.html"&gt;QDialog&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqmainwindow.html"&gt;QMainWindow&lt;/a&gt; widgets are by default top-level, even if
a parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
specified by the &lt;a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags-enum"&gt;WType_TopLevel&lt;/a&gt; widget flag.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#topLevelWidget"&gt;topLevelWidget&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDialog-prop"&gt;isDialog&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isModal-prop"&gt;isModal&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isPopup-prop"&gt;isPopup&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop"&gt;isDesktop&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#parentWidget"&gt;parentWidget&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isTopLevel"&gt;isTopLevel&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::maximized</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget is maximized.
&lt;p&gt;This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; Note that due to limitations in some window-systems, this does not
always report the expected results (e.g. if the user on X11
maximizes the window via the window manager, TQt has no way of
distinguishing this from any other resize). This is expected to
improve as window manager protocols evolve.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#windowState"&gt;windowState&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#showMaximized"&gt;showMaximized&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#visible-prop"&gt;visible&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#showNormal"&gt;showNormal&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop"&gt;minimized&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isMaximized"&gt;isMaximized&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::maximumHeight</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's maximum height.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop"&gt;maximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMaximumHeight"&gt;setMaximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight"&gt;maximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::maximumSize</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's maximum size.
&lt;p&gt;The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum
widget size.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop"&gt;maximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop"&gt;maximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMaximumSize"&gt;setMaximumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::maximumWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's maximum width.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop"&gt;maximumHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMaximumWidth"&gt;setMaximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumWidth"&gt;maximumWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::microFocusHint</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the currently set micro focus hint for this widget.
&lt;p&gt;See the documentation of &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint"&gt;setMicroFocusHint&lt;/a&gt;() for more information.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#microFocusHint"&gt;microFocusHint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::minimized</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether this widget is minimized (iconified).
&lt;p&gt;This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#showMinimized"&gt;showMinimized&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#visible-prop"&gt;visible&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#showNormal"&gt;showNormal&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximized-prop"&gt;maximized&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isMinimized"&gt;isMinimized&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::minimumHeight</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's minimum height.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop"&gt;minimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMinimumHeight"&gt;setMinimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight"&gt;minimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::minimumSize</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's minimum size.
&lt;p&gt;The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum
widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if
the current size is smaller.
&lt;p&gt; If you use a layout inside the widget, the minimum size will be
set by the layout and not by &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMinimumSize"&gt;setMinimumSize&lt;/a&gt;(), unless you set the
layout's resize mode to QLayout::FreeResize.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop"&gt;minimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop"&gt;minimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html#resizeMode-prop"&gt;QLayout::resizeMode&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMinimumSize"&gt;setMinimumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::minimumSizeHint</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the recommended minimum size for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
is recommended.
&lt;p&gt; The default implementation of &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint"&gt;minimumSizeHint&lt;/a&gt;() returns an invalid
size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the
layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
minimumSizeHint().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html"&gt;QLayout&lt;/a&gt; will never resize a widget to a size smaller than
minimumSizeHint.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqsize.html#isValid"&gt;QSize::isValid&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop"&gt;sizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint"&gt;minimumSizeHint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::minimumWidth</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's minimum width.
&lt;p&gt;This property corresponds to &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop"&gt;minimumHeight&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMinimumWidth"&gt;setMinimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumWidth"&gt;minimumWidth&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::mouseTracking</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only
receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
pressed while the mouse is being moved.
&lt;p&gt; If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move
events even if no buttons are pressed.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent"&gt;mouseMoveEvent&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#setGlobalMouseTracking"&gt;QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setMouseTracking"&gt;setMouseTracking&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hasMouseTracking"&gt;hasMouseTracking&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::ownCursor</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget uses its own cursor.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's cursor.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#cursor-prop"&gt;cursor&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#ownCursor"&gt;ownCursor&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::ownFont</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#ownFont-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget uses its own font.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's font.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#font-prop"&gt;font&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#ownFont"&gt;ownFont&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::ownPalette</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget uses its own palette.
&lt;p&gt;If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's palette.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#ownPalette"&gt;ownPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::palette</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the widget's palette.
&lt;p&gt;As long as no special palette has been set, or after &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;()
has been called, this is either a special palette for the widget
class, the parent's palette or (if this widget is a top level
widget), the default application palette.
&lt;p&gt; Instead of defining an entirely new palette, you can also use the
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;,
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt; and
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;
convenience properties to change a widget's
background and foreground appearance only.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop"&gt;ownPalette&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#palette"&gt;QApplication::palette&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;(), and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the background color of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The palette background color is usually set implicitly by
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;(), although it can also be set explicitly by
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(). setPaletteBackgroundColor() is a
convenience function that creates and sets a modified &lt;a href="ntqpalette.html"&gt;QPalette&lt;/a&gt;
with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(). The palette is modified according to the
widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
&lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteButton&lt;/a&gt; the color used for the palette's &lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#ColorRole-enum"&gt;QColorGroup::Button&lt;/a&gt; color entry is set.
&lt;p&gt; If there is a background pixmap (set using
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;()), then the return value of this
function is indeterminate.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor"&gt;paletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the background pixmap of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;The palette background pixmap is usually set implicitly by
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode"&gt;setBackgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;(), although it can also be set explicitly by
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;(). setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() is a
convenience function that creates and sets a modified &lt;a href="ntqpalette.html"&gt;QPalette&lt;/a&gt;
with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(). The palette is modified according to the
widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
&lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteButton&lt;/a&gt; the pixmap used for the palette's
&lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#ColorRole-enum"&gt;QColorGroup::Button&lt;/a&gt; color entry is set.
&lt;p&gt; If there is a plain background color (set using
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;()), then this function returns 0.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteBackgroundColor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop"&gt;colorGroup&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;setPaletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap"&gt;paletteBackgroundPixmap&lt;/a&gt;(), and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the foreground color of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates
and sets a modified &lt;a href="ntqpalette.html"&gt;QPalette&lt;/a&gt; with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPalette"&gt;setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(). The palette is
modified according to the widget's &lt;em&gt;background mode&lt;/em&gt;. For
example, if the background mode is &lt;a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum"&gt;PaletteButton&lt;/a&gt; the palette entry
&lt;a href="qcolorgroup.html#ColorRole-enum"&gt;QColorGroup::ButtonText&lt;/a&gt; is set to color.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#palette-prop"&gt;palette&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#setPalette"&gt;QApplication::setPalette&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#foregroundColor"&gt;foregroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop"&gt;backgroundMode&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setEraseColor"&gt;setEraseColor&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor"&gt;setPaletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor"&gt;paletteForegroundColor&lt;/a&gt;(), and reset this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#unsetPalette"&gt;unsetPalette&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::pos</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#pos-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the position of the widget within its parent widget.
&lt;p&gt;If the widget is a top-level widget, the position is that of the
widget on the desktop, including its frame.
&lt;p&gt; When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a
move event (&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#moveEvent"&gt;moveEvent&lt;/a&gt;()) immediately. If the widget is not
currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it
is shown.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#move"&gt;move&lt;/a&gt;() is virtual, and all other overloaded move() implementations
in TQt call it.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Calling move() or &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() inside moveEvent() can
lead to infinite recursion.
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#y-prop"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#move"&gt;move&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#pos"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::rect</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#rect-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;The rect property equals &lt;a href="ntqrect.html"&gt;QRect&lt;/a&gt;(0, 0, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;()).
&lt;p&gt; See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#rect"&gt;rect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::shown</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#shown-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is shown.
&lt;p&gt;If TRUE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
ancestors became visible.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#visible-prop"&gt;visible&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isVisibleTo"&gt;isVisibleTo&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop"&gt;hidden&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setShown"&gt;setShown&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isShown"&gt;isShown&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::size</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the size of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;When resizing, the widget, if visible, receives a resize event
(&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
&lt;p&gt; The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;(). Furthermore, the size is always
at least &lt;a href="ntqsize.html"&gt;QSize&lt;/a&gt;(1, 1). For toplevel widgets, the minimum size
might be larger, depending on the window manager.
&lt;p&gt; If you want a top-level window to have a fixed size, call
setResizeMode( QLayout::FreeResize ) on its layout.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resize"&gt;resize&lt;/a&gt;() is virtual, and all other overloaded resize()
implementations in TQt call it.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Calling resize() or &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setGeometry"&gt;setGeometry&lt;/a&gt;() inside resizeEvent() can
lead to infinite recursion.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resizeEvent"&gt;resizeEvent&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#resize"&gt;resize&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::sizeHint</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the recommended size for the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
recommended.
&lt;p&gt; The default implementation of &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeHint"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;() returns an invalid size
if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
preferred size otherwise.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqsize.html#isValid"&gt;QSize::isValid&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop"&gt;minimumSizeHint&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop"&gt;sizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#updateGeometry"&gt;updateGeometry&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeHint"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::sizeIncrement</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the size increment of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;().&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;() pixels horizontally and
sizeIncrement.&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;() pixels vertically, with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;() as the
basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers &lt;em&gt;i&lt;/em&gt;
and &lt;em&gt;j&lt;/em&gt;:
&lt;pre&gt;
        &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width-prop"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt; = &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;().width() + i * sizeIncrement().width();
        &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height-prop"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt; = &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#baseSize"&gt;baseSize&lt;/a&gt;().height() + j * sizeIncrement().height();
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
only affects top-level widgets.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may
be disregarded by the window manager on X.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop"&gt;minimumSize&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop"&gt;maximumSize&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setSizeIncrement"&gt;setSizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeIncrement"&gt;sizeIncrement&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::sizePolicy</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the default layout behavior of the widget.
&lt;p&gt;If there is a &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html"&gt;QLayout&lt;/a&gt; that manages this widget's children, the
size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
QLayout, the result of this function is used.
&lt;p&gt; The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size
&lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeHint"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to
specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed
vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as
&lt;a href="ntqlineedit.html"&gt;QLineEdit&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqspinbox.html"&gt;QSpinBox&lt;/a&gt; or an editable &lt;a href="ntqcombobox.html"&gt;QComboBox&lt;/a&gt;) and other
horizontally orientated widgets (such as &lt;a href="ntqprogressbar.html"&gt;QProgressBar&lt;/a&gt;).
&lt;a href="ntqtoolbutton.html"&gt;QToolButton&lt;/a&gt;'s are normally square, so they allow growth in both
directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as
&lt;a href="ntqslider.html"&gt;QSlider&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqscrollbar.html"&gt;QScrollBar&lt;/a&gt; or &lt;a href="ntqheader.html"&gt;QHeader&lt;/a&gt;) specify stretching in the
respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars
(usually subclasses of &lt;a href="ntqscrollview.html"&gt;QScrollView&lt;/a&gt;) tend to specify that they can
use additional space, and that they can make do with less than
sizeHint().
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop"&gt;sizeHint&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqlayout.html"&gt;QLayout&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqsizepolicy.html"&gt;QSizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#updateGeometry"&gt;updateGeometry&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setSizePolicy"&gt;setSizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#sizePolicy"&gt;sizePolicy&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::underMouse</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#underMouse-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is under the mouse cursor.
&lt;p&gt;This value is not updated properly during drag and drop
operations.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqevent.html#Type-enum"&gt;QEvent::Enter&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="ntqevent.html#Type-enum"&gt;QEvent::Leave&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hasMouse"&gt;hasMouse&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::updatesEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether updates are enabled.
&lt;p&gt;Calling &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#update"&gt;update&lt;/a&gt;() and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;() has no effect if updates are
disabled. Paint events from the window system are processed
normally even if updates are disabled.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() is normally used to disable updates for a
short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during
large changes.
&lt;p&gt; Example:
&lt;pre&gt;
        &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;( FALSE );
        bigVisualChanges();
        &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;( TRUE );
        &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;();
    &lt;/pre&gt;
 
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#update"&gt;update&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#paintEvent"&gt;paintEvent&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled"&gt;setUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled"&gt;isUpdatesEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::visible</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#visible-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the widget is visible.
&lt;p&gt;Calling &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;() sets the widget to visible status if all its parent
widgets up to the top-level widget are visible. If an ancestor is
not visible, the widget won't become visible until all its
ancestors are shown.
&lt;p&gt; Calling &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;() hides a widget explicitly. An explicitly hidden
widget will never become visible, even if all its ancestors become
visible, unless you show it.
&lt;p&gt; A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to
waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user.
A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new
frames.
&lt;p&gt; A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the
screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified
top-level widgets and windows that exist on another virtual
desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget
receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status
is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event
when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event
when the window is restored again.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#show"&gt;show&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hide"&gt;hide&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hidden-prop"&gt;hidden&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isVisibleTo"&gt;isVisibleTo&lt;/a&gt;(), &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#minimized-prop"&gt;minimized&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#showEvent"&gt;showEvent&lt;/a&gt;(), and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#hideEvent"&gt;hideEvent&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#isVisible"&gt;isVisible&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::visibleRect</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#visibleRect-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the visible rectangle.
&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;This property is obsolete.&lt;/b&gt; It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
&lt;p&gt; No longer necessary, you can simply call &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#repaint"&gt;repaint&lt;/a&gt;(). If you do not
need the rectangle for repaint(), use &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#clipRegion"&gt;clipRegion&lt;/a&gt;() instead.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#visibleRect"&gt;visibleRect&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::width</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#width-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the width of the widget excluding any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#geometry-prop"&gt;geometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#height-prop"&gt;height&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#size-prop"&gt;size&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#width"&gt;width&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::windowOpacity</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the level of opacity for the window.
&lt;p&gt;The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to
0.0 (completely transparent).
&lt;p&gt; By default the value of this property is 1.0.
&lt;p&gt; This feature is only present on Mac OS X and Windows 2000 and up.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;b&gt;Warning:&lt;/b&gt; Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a
paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed
correctly. This affects mainly the use of &lt;a href="ntqpixmap.html#grabWindow"&gt;QPixmap::grabWindow&lt;/a&gt;(). Also note
that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantely slower than
opaque windows.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#setWindowOpacity"&gt;setWindowOpacity&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#windowOpacity"&gt;windowOpacity&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::x</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#x-prop"> &lt;p&gt;This property holds the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#y-prop"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#x"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>TQWidget::y</name>
    <doc href="ntqwidget.html#y-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame.
&lt;p&gt;See the &lt;a href="geometry.html"&gt;Window Geometry documentation&lt;/a&gt;
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
&lt;p&gt; &lt;p&gt;See also &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop"&gt;frameGeometry&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#x-prop"&gt;x&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#pos-prop"&gt;pos&lt;/a&gt;.

&lt;p&gt;Get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwidget.html#y"&gt;y&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWizard::titleFont</name>
    <doc href="ntqwizard.html#titleFont-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds the font used for page titles.
&lt;p&gt;The default is &lt;a href="ntqapplication.html#font"&gt;QApplication::font&lt;/a&gt;().

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwizard.html#setTitleFont"&gt;setTitleFont&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqwizard.html#titleFont"&gt;titleFont&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
<property>
    <name>QWorkspace::scrollBarsEnabled</name>
    <doc href="ntqworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled-prop">
&lt;p&gt;This property holds whether the workspace provides scrollbars.
&lt;p&gt;If this property is set to TRUE, it is possible to resize child
windows over the right or the bottom edge out of the visible area
of the workspace. The workspace shows scrollbars to make it
possible for the user to access those windows. If this property is
set to FALSE (the default), resizing windows out of the visible
area of the workspace is not permitted.

&lt;p&gt;Set this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqworkspace.html#setScrollBarsEnabled"&gt;setScrollBarsEnabled&lt;/a&gt;() and get this property's value with &lt;a href="ntqworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled"&gt;scrollBarsEnabled&lt;/a&gt;().
</doc>
</property>
</PROP>